Document:

First Supplemental Indenture dated 01/20/2010

 Exhibit 4.2 
  
  
 JARDEN CORPORATION, 
 as Issuer 
 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, as Guarantors 
 AND 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  
  
 U.S. DOLLAR-DENOMINATED 7 1/2% SENIOR
SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2020 
 EURO-DENOMINATED 7 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2020 
 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE DATED AS OF 
 JANUARY 20, 2010 
  
  
  
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE 1
	
	ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
			
	SECTION 1.01.	  	 Establishment
	  	1
	SECTION 1.02.	  	 Definitions
	  	2
	SECTION 1.03.	  	 Other Definitions
	  	32
	SECTION 1.04.	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	33
	SECTION 1.05.	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	33
	
	ARTICLE 2
	
	THE NOTES
			
	SECTION 2.01.	  	 Form and Dating
	  	34
	SECTION 2.02.	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	35
	SECTION 2.03.	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	35
	SECTION 2.04.	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	36
	SECTION 2.05.	  	 Holder Lists
	  	36
	SECTION 2.06.	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	37
	SECTION 2.07.	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	39
	SECTION 2.08.	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	40
	SECTION 2.09.	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	40
	SECTION 2.10.	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	40
	SECTION 2.11.	  	 Cancellation
	  	41
	SECTION 2.12.	  	 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers
	  	41
	SECTION 2.13.	  	 Additional Notes
	  	41
	SECTION 2.14.	  	 Parity with the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Issued or Issuable Under 2007 Indenture
	  	41
	
	ARTICLE 3
	
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
			
	SECTION 3.01.	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	42
	SECTION 3.02.	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	42
	SECTION 3.03.	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	42
	SECTION 3.04.	  	 Effect of Notice upon Redemption
	  	43
	SECTION 3.05.	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	43
	SECTION 3.06.	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	44
	SECTION 3.07.	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	44
	SECTION 3.08.	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	44
	SECTION 3.09.	  	 Offer to Purchase
	  	45

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE 4
	
	COVENANTS
			
	SECTION 4.01.	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	47
	SECTION 4.02.	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	47
	SECTION 4.03.	  	 Reports
	  	47
	SECTION 4.04.	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	48
	SECTION 4.05.	  	 [Reserved]
	  	48
	SECTION 4.06.	  	 [Reserved]
	  	48
	SECTION 4.07.	  	 Restricted Payments
	  	49
	SECTION 4.08.	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	52
	SECTION 4.09.	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness
	  	54
	SECTION 4.10.	  	 Asset Sales
	  	54
	SECTION 4.11.	  	 Affiliate Transactions
	  	56
	SECTION 4.12.	  	 Liens
	  	58
	SECTION 4.13.	  	 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
	  	58
	SECTION 4.14.	  	 [Reserved]
	  	59
	SECTION 4.15.	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	59
	SECTION 4.16.	  	 No Senior Subordinated Debt
	  	59
	SECTION 4.17.	  	 Additional Guarantors
	  	60
	SECTION 4.18.	  	 Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	60
	SECTION 4.19.	  	 Suspension of Covenants
	  	60
	
	ARTICLE 5
	
	SUCCESSORS
			
	SECTION 5.01.	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	  	62
	SECTION 5.02.	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	64
	
	ARTICLE 6
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
			
	SECTION 6.01.	  	 Events of Default
	  	64
	SECTION 6.02.	  	 Acceleration
	  	65
	SECTION 6.03.	  	 Other Remedies
	  	66
	SECTION 6.04.	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	66
	SECTION 6.05.	  	 Control by Majority
	  	66
	SECTION 6.06.	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	67
	SECTION 6.07.	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	67
	SECTION 6.08.	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	67
	SECTION 6.09.	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	67
	SECTION 6.10.	  	 Priorities
	  	68
	SECTION 6.11.	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	68

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE 7
	
	TRUSTEE
			
	SECTION 7.01.	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	68
	SECTION 7.02.	  	 Rights of the Trustee
	  	69
	SECTION 7.03.	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	71
	SECTION 7.04.	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	71
	SECTION 7.05.	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	71
	SECTION 7.06.	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holder
	  	72
	SECTION 7.07.	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	72
	SECTION 7.08.	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	73
	SECTION 7.09.	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
	  	74
	SECTION 7.10.	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	74
	SECTION 7.11.	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	74
	
	ARTICLE 8
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
			
	SECTION 8.01.	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	74
	SECTION 8.02.	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	74
	SECTION 8.03.	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	75
	SECTION 8.04.	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	75
	SECTION 8.05.	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	76
	SECTION 8.06.	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	77
	SECTION 8.07.	  	 Repayment to Company
	  	77
	SECTION 8.08.	  	 Survival
	  	78
	
	ARTICLE 9
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
			
	SECTION 9.01.	  	 Without Consent of Holder
	  	78
	SECTION 9.02.	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	79
	SECTION 9.03.	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	81
	SECTION 9.04.	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	81
	SECTION 9.05.	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	81
	
	ARTICLE 10
	
	SUBORDINATION
			
	SECTION 10.01.	  	 Agreement to Subordinate
	  	81
	SECTION 10.02.	  	 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	  	81
	SECTION 10.03.	  	 Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor
	  	82
	SECTION 10.04.	  	 Acceleration of Payment of Notes
	  	83
	SECTION 10.05.	  	 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	  	83
	SECTION 10.06.	  	 Subrogation
	  	83

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	SECTION 10.07.	  	 Relative Rights
	  	83
	SECTION 10.08.	  	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company
	  	83
	SECTION 10.09.	  	 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents
	  	83
	SECTION 10.10.	  	 Distribution or Notice to Representative
	  	84
	SECTION 10.11.	  	 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Rights to Accelerate
	  	84
	SECTION 10.12.	  	 Trustee Moneys Not Subordinated
	  	84
	SECTION 10.13.	  	 Trustee Entitled to Rely
	  	84
	SECTION 10.14.	  	 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	  	85
	SECTION 10.15.	  	 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company
	  	85
	SECTION 10.16.	  	 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination Provisions
	  	85
	
	ARTICLE 11
	
	GUARANTEES
			
	SECTION 11.01.	  	 Guarantees
	  	85
	SECTION 11.02.	  	 Limitation on Liability
	  	86
	SECTION 11.03.	  	 Successors and Assigns
	  	86
	SECTION 11.04.	  	 No Waiver
	  	87
	SECTION 11.05.	  	 [Reserved]
	  	87
	SECTION 11.06.	  	 Release of Guarantor
	  	87
	SECTION 11.07.	  	 Contribution
	  	87
	SECTION 11.08.	  	 Parity with Guarantees Delivered Under the 2007 Indenture
	  	87
	
	ARTICLE 12
	
	SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES
			
	SECTION 12.01.	  	 Agreement to Subordinate
	  	88
	SECTION 12.02.	  	 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
	  	88
	SECTION 12.03.	  	 Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor
	  	88
	SECTION 12.04.	  	 Demand for Payment
	  	89
	SECTION 12.05.	  	 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	  	89
	SECTION 12.06.	  	 Subrogation
	  	89
	SECTION 12.07.	  	 Relative Rights
	  	90
	SECTION 12.08.	  	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor
	  	90
	SECTION 12.09.	  	 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents
	  	90
	SECTION 12.10.	  	 Distribution or Notice to Representative
	  	90
	SECTION 12.11.	  	 Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment
	  	90
	SECTION 12.12.	  	 Trustee Entitled to Rely
	  	91
	SECTION 12.13.	  	 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	  	91
	SECTION 12.14.	  	 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor
	  	91
	SECTION 12.15.	  	 Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantors on Subordination Provisions
	  	91

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE 13
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	SECTION 13.01.	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	92
	SECTION 13.02.	  	 Notices
	  	92
	SECTION 13.03.	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	93
	SECTION 13.04.	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	93
	SECTION 13.05.	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	94
	SECTION 13.06.	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	94
	SECTION 13.07.	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	94
	SECTION 13.08.	  	 Governing Law
	  	94
	SECTION 13.09.	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	94
	SECTION 13.10.	  	 Successors
	  	94
	SECTION 13.11.	  	 Severability
	  	95
	SECTION 13.12.	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	95
	SECTION 13.13.	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	95
	SECTION 13.14.	  	 Force Majeure
	  	95
	SECTION 13.15.	  	 Note Purchases by Company and Affiliates
	  	95
	SECTION 13.16.	  	 Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions
	  	95
	SECTION 13.17.	  	 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity
	  	97
	SECTION 13.18.	  	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	97
	SECTION 13.19.	  	 USA Patriot Act
	  	97

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A-1	  	Form of Dollar Note
	Exhibit A-2	  	Form of Euro Note
	Exhibit B	  	Form of Guarantee

 JARDEN CORPORATION 
 RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 
 AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF JANUARY 20, 2010 
  

					
	 Section of
 Trust Indenture
 Act of 1939
	  	Section(s) of
INDENTURE
	 § 310
	 	 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
		 	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
		 	 (b)
	  	7.08, 7.10
		 	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 § 311
	 	 (a)
	  	7.11
		 	 (b)
	  	7.11
		 	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 § 312
	 	 (a)
	  	2.05
		 	 (b)
	  	2.05, 13.03
		 	 (c)
	  	2.05, 13.03
	 § 313
	 	 (a)
	  	7.06
		 	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06, 7.07
		 	 (c)
	  	7.06, 13.02
		 	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 § 314
	 	 (a)
	  	4.03, 4.04, 13.05
		 	 (b)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (c)(1)
	  	13.04
		 	 (c)(2)
	  	13.04
		 	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (d)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (e)
	  	13.05
	 § 315
	 	 (a)
	  	7.01
		 	 (b)
	  	7.05, 11.02
		 	 (c)
	  	7.01
		 	 (d)
	  	7.01
		 	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 § 316
	 	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
		 	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (a) (last sentence)
	  	6.11
		 	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 § 317
	 	 (a)(1)
	  	6.08
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
		 	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 § 318
	 	 (a)
	  	13.01
		 	 (b)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (c)
	  	13.01

  
 Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 

 This FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of January 20, 2010 (this
“Supplemental Indenture”), is by and between Jarden Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation and any successor as defined in the Base Indenture, the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined
below) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (such institution and any successor as defined in the Base Indenture, the “Trustee”). 
 WITNESSETH: 
 WHEREAS, the Company has previously executed and delivered an
Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2010 (the “Base Indenture”), with the Trustee providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of the Company’s senior subordinated debt securities; 

WHEREAS, Section 301 of the Base Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may enter into an indenture supplemental to the
Base Indenture to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 301 and Section 901 of the Base Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, the Company is entering into this First Supplemental Indenture to establish the form and terms of the Notes (as defined below); 
 WHEREAS, the Base Indenture is incorporated herein by reference and the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental
Indenture, is herein called the “Indenture” as that term is defined in the Base Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Company have been done or performed. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY
REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Establishment. 
 (a) There are hereby established two new series of Securities to be issued under this Indenture, to be designated as the
Company’s U.S. dollar-denominated 7 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Dollar Notes”) and euro-denominated 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Euro Notes” and together with the Dollar Notes, the “Notes”). 
 (b) There are to be authenticated and delivered on the date hereof (i) $275 million aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes
issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Dollar Notes”) and (ii) €150 million aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Euro Notes” and together
with the Initial Dollar Notes, the “Initial Notes”). 
 (c) The Notes shall be issued in the form of one
or more permanent Notes in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) hereto. 
  

 1 

 (d) Each Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from
the date of original issuance thereof or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. 
 (e)
With respect to the Notes (and any Guarantees endorsed thereon) only, the Base Indenture shall be supplemented pursuant to Sections 2.01, 3.01 and 9.01 thereof to establish the terms of the Notes (and any Guarantees endorsed thereon) as set forth in
this First Supplemental Indenture, including as follows: 
 (i) The provisions of Articles I, III, IV, V, VI,
VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII and XIII of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Articles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this First Supplemental Indenture; and 
 (ii) The form and terms of the securities representing the Notes required to be established pursuant to Article II of the
Base Indenture shall be established in accordance with Article 2 of this First Supplemental Indenture. 
 To the extent that the provisions of
this First Supplemental Indenture (including those referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) immediately above) conflict with any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be
controlling, solely with respect to the Notes (and any Guarantees endorsed thereon). 
 (f) The Notes shall rank pari
passu with the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and the Guarantees shall rank pari passu with the guarantees of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes. 
 (g) Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this First Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this First Supplemental
Indenture, and not the Base Indenture or any other document. 
 SECTION 1.02. Definitions. 
 (a) All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Base Indenture.

 (b) The following are definitions used in this First Supplemental Indenture and to the extent that a term is defined both
herein and in the Base Indenture, unless otherwise specified, the definition in this First Supplemental Indenture shall govern solely with respect to the Notes (and any Guarantee endorsed thereon). 
 “2007 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of February 13, 2007, as supplemented from time to time, between
the Company, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. 
 “Acquired
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, including Indebtedness incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation. 
 “Additional Dollar Notes” means, subject to
the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09, additional principal amounts of Dollar Notes (other than Initial Dollar Notes) issued under, and subject to, the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date (other than pursuant to Sections
2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of this Indenture). 
  

 2 

 “Additional Euro Notes” means, subject to the Company’s
compliance with Section 4.09, additional principal amounts of Euro Notes (other than the Initial Euro Notes) issued under, and subject to, the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date (other than pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or
3.06 of this Indenture). 
 “Additional Notes” mean the Additional Dollar Notes (if any) and the
Additional Euro Notes (if any). 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the
foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Securitization Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be an
Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
 “Agent”
means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Currency Equivalent” means, with respect to any
monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, in the case of the Dollar Notes, or euros, in the case of the Euro Notes, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, obtained by converting
such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately
10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Notes on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or 
 (2) the excess,
if any, of: 
 (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Dollar Notes
or the Euro Notes, as applicable, at January 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through January 15, 2015 (excluding accrued
but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate, in the case of the Dollar Notes, or the Bund Rate, in the case of the Euro Notes, as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

 (b) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in
any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Dollar Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream Banking that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange. 
  

 3 

 “Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) the
acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) other than in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases
entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of: 
 (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or

 (2) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the
ordinary course of business; 
 provided, however, that Asset Sales or other dispositions shall not include: 
 (a) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate
consideration of less than $35.0 million; 
 (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (c) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; 
 (d) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business; 
 (e) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets or
property to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted under Section 4.07 hereof or pursuant to any Permitted Investment; 
 (f) sales or contributions of accounts receivable, equipment and related assets (including contract rights) of the type
specified in the definition of “Qualified Securitization Transaction” to a Securitization Entity for the fair market value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the fair market value thereof as determined in
accordance with GAAP (for the purposes of this clause (f), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash); 
 (g) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (h) sales, dispositions of
cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (i) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property
subject to such Lien); and 
 (j) the license of patents, trademarks, copyrights and know-how to third Persons in
the ordinary course of business. 
  

 4 

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors, or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a resolution of such Person duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of such Person and in full force and effect. 
 “Bund Rate” means with respect to any
Redemption Date, the mid-market yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately prior week, appearing on Reuters page AABBUND01, or its successor, for the maturity corresponding to January 15, 2015 (if no maturity date
is within three months before or after January 15, 2015, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to January 15, 2015 shall be determined and the Bund yield shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields
on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month). The Bund Rate shall be calculated by the Company on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation,
any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, of such Person and 
 (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease
that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date,
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or the Government
of a Member State or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or a Member State, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the three highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 
  

 5 

 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of
creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; 
 (4) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank or by a bank organized under the laws of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, in each case having at the date of acquisition thereof combined
capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof); 
 (5)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in
clauses (1) through (5) above. 
 “Certificated Note” means a certificated Note registered in
the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall
not have the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Change of
Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: 
 (1) any sale, lease,
exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a
“Group”), other than to the Permitted Holders; 
 (2) the approval by the holders of
Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); 
 (3) any Person or Group (other than the Permitted Holders) shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
shares representing more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company; or 
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
 “Clearstream Banking” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or its nominee. 
 “Coleman” means The Coleman Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 
 “Coleman IRB Bonds” means those certain industrial revenue bonds issued pursuant to the Coleman IRB Indentures. 
  

 6 

 “Coleman IRB Documents” means each of the Coleman IRB Indentures,
the Coleman IRB Leases and each other material transaction document or instrument entered into or delivered by Coleman in connection therewith. 
 “Coleman IRB Indentures” means, collectively, (a) each of the indenture and each supplemental indenture of Coleman entered into prior to the Issue Date and (b) each
supplemental indenture entered into by Coleman after the Issue Date on substantially the same terms as the Coleman IRB Indentures entered into prior to the Issue Date. 
 “Coleman IRB Leases” means, collectively, (a) each lease and each supplemental lease of Coleman entered into prior to the Issue Date and (b) each supplemental lease
entered into by Coleman after the Issue Date on substantially the same terms as the Coleman IRB Leases entered into prior to the Issue Date. 
 “Common Depositary” means the common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, or its nominee. 
 “Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents
(however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of such
Person’s: 
 (1) Consolidated Net Income; and 
 (2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby: 
 (a) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes and taxes based on capital and commercial activity (or similar taxes) of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period; 
 (b)
Consolidated Interest Expense; 
 (c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing
Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than normal accruals in the ordinary course of business), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; 
 (d) restructuring costs, facilities relocation costs and acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance
payments made in connection with acquisitions; 
 (e) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering,
Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture including a Refinancing thereof (whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms
of any such transactions; 
  

 7 

 (f) any write-offs, write-downs or other non-cash charges, excluding any
such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; 
 (g) the amount
of any expense related to minority interests; 
 (h) the amount of any earn-out payments, contingent
consideration or deferred purchase price of any kind in conjunction with acquisitions; 
 (i) any costs or
expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent
that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock that is Preferred Stock) in each case,
solely to the extent that such cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; and 
 (3) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,
excluding any gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated
EBITDA in accordance with this definition). 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with
respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which internal financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and without
limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to: 

(1) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Designated Preferred Stock of such Person or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness or the issuance or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the
application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to revolving credit facilities, occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any
time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment or issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), had occurred on the
first day of the Four-Quarter Period; 
 (2) any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions
(including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale or other disposition),
investments, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter

  

 8 

 
Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Indebtedness),
investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding
sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such other Indebtedness that was so guaranteed; and 
 (3) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any designation of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of
determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: 
 (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of
interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and 
 (2) notwithstanding clause (1) of
this paragraph, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to
the operation of such agreements. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition
of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. In addition, any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect
operating expense reductions reasonably expected to result from any acquisition or merger. 
 “Consolidated Fixed
Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication: 
 (1)
Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 
 (2) the product of (x) the amount of all cash dividend payments on
any series of Preferred Stock of such Person times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person,
expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company, which estimate shall be conclusive); plus 
 (3) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which
is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company, which estimate shall be conclusive);
provided that with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that did not pay cash dividends during such period but that is required to pay cash dividends during any period prior to the maturity date of the Notes, cash dividends shall be
deemed to have been paid with respect to such series of Preferred Stock during the period of accrual for purposes of this clause (3). 
  

 9 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the sum of, without duplication: 
 (1) the aggregate of all cash and non-cash interest expense
(net of interest income) with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs or benefits associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis
in conformity with GAAP, but excluding (i) amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs, deferred financing or liquidity fees, commissions, fees and expenses, (ii) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and
(iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Transaction; 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and 
 (3) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and
without any deduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom to the extent otherwise included, without duplication: 
 (1) gains and losses from Asset Sales (without regard to the $35.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof)
and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 
 (2) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency
values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 
 (3) the net income (or loss) from disposed or
discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations, and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 
 (4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
(other than a Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of that income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental
approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary
or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other
distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 
  

 10 

 (5) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP,
and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; 
 (6) the net loss of any Person, other than a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (7) any non-cash compensation charges and deferred compensation charges,
including any arising from existing stock options resulting from any merger or recapitalization transaction; provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income for any period shall be reduced by any cash payments made during such period
by such Person in connection with any such deferred compensation, whether or not such reduction is in accordance with GAAP; 
 (8) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses (including, without limitation, all restructuring costs, facilities relocation costs, acquisition integration costs and fees,
including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock), and the related tax effects according to GAAP;

 (9) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other
purchase accounting adjustments in connection with acquisition transactions; 
 (10) the net income of any
Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person; and 
 (11) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent
Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets. 
 For purposes of clause (iii)(A) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by any cash dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated Preferred Stock. 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation,
depletion, amortization and other non-cash charges, impairments and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges that require an accrual of or a reserve for cash payments for any future period other than accruals or reserves associated with mandatory repurchases of equity securities). For clarification
purposes, purchase accounting adjustments with respect to inventory will be included in Consolidated Non-cash Charges. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 
 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 
  

 11 

 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of
the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 2005, as amended to the Issue Date, among the Company, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Deutsche Bank AG,
New York Branch as successor to Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc., as administrative agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A., National City Bank of Indiana, and SunTrust Bank as co-documentation agents, and any other
agent party thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements,
refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes,
other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in
borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof). 
 “Currency Agreement” with respect to any
specified Person, means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such specified Person against fluctuations in currency values. 
 “Custodian” means, with respect to the Dollar Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the
Person specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Dollar Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of
notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means the Dollar Depositary or Common
Depositary, as the case may be. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration
received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal financial officer and any of
the other executive officers of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash
Equivalents. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock that is so designated as Designated
Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal financial officer and any of the other executive officers of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation
set forth in clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
 “Designated Senior Debt” means

 (1) Indebtedness under the Credit Facility; and 
 (2) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of
at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” by the Company. 
  

 12 

 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means with respect to any Person, any
Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself
Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable at
the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or 
 (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be
purchased upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part; 
 in each case on or prior to the final maturity date of the
Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if: 
 (i) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more
favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes and described in Sections 4.10 and 4.13 hereof; and 
 (ii) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto. 
 The amount of any Disqualified Capital Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in
accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Indenture;
provided, however, that if such Disqualified Capital Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such
Disqualified Capital Stock as reflected in the most recent internal financial statements of such Person. 
 “Dollar
Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Dollar Depositary with respect to the Dollar Notes, and any and all
successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in euros, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting the euros involved in such computation into U.S.
dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with euros as published under “Exchange Rate” in the section of the homepage of the European Central Bank entitled “Statistics” on the date two Business Days prior to such
determination. 
 “Dollar Global Note” means the Note representing the Dollar Notes in registered global
form substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1. 
  

 13 

 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity Offering” means any offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. 
 “Euro Global Note” means the Note representing the Euro Notes in registered global form substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 
 “Euro Agency Agreement” means the agency agreement dated as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and made
between the Company, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Euro Paying Agent. 
 “Euro Paying
Agent” means Société Générale Bank & Trust Luxembourg until it resigns or is replaced in accordance with Section 2.03 and the Euro Agency Agreement and thereafter means its successor.

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or
statutes thereto. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, Marketable Securities or Qualified
Proceeds received by the Company from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an executive vice president and the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such
capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
 “Existing Foreign Credit Facilities” means that credit agreement, dated as of December 21, 2005, as amended
from time to time, by and among Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, Jarden Corporation, as loan party and guarantor, each of the lenders party thereto from time to time, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as administrative agent for the lenders,
Citicorp USA, Inc., as syndication agent for the lenders, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and CIBC World Markets Corp., as joint-lead arrangers and joint book running managers. 
 “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means the Company’s 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued under the 2007
Indenture. 
  

 14 

 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property,
the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market
value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith. 
 “Family” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the current and former spouses of such Person and (ii) the ancestors, siblings and descendants, whether by blood or adoption, of such Person. 

“Foreign Credit Facilities” means the Existing Foreign Credit Facilities and each other loan or line of credit
made available by one or more lenders to a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a local credit facility, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), and any
amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or
investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the
amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof). 
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of
the accounting profession of the United States of America, as in effect as of April 30, 2009. 
 “Global Note
Legend” means the legend set forth in the forms of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto
issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof. 
 “Guarantee” means: 
 (1) the guarantee of the Notes by Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture; and 
 (2) the guarantee of the Notes by any Restricted Subsidiary required under the terms of
Section 4.17 hereof. 
 “Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that incurs a Guarantee;
provided that upon the release and discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any agreement with respect to the hedging of price risk
associated with the purchase of commodities used in the business of such Person, so long as any such agreement has been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation. 
  

 15 

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, at any date of determination, without duplication:

 (1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money; 
 (2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 
 (4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); 
 (5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit
transaction; 
 (6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses
(1) through (5) above and clause (8) below; 
 (7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type
referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset and the amount of
the Obligation so secured; 
 (8) all Obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations of such
Person; and 
 (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness
represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters or credit) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude: 

(i) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, post-closing payment
adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at
the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter; 
 (ii) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes; 
  

 16 

 (iii) worker’s compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
performance, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided in the ordinary course of business; 
 (iv) obligations arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is
extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (v) any Indebtedness defeased or called for
redemption; and 
 (vi) the Coleman IRB Bonds and the Coleman IRB Leases to the extent not required to appear as
a liability (or, in the case of the Coleman IRB Leases, as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value
of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. For the purposes of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a
Securitization Entity outstanding as of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in receivables or equipment that is outstanding as of such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness of the Securitization Entity but any such interests held
by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be excluded for purposes of such calculation. 
 “Indirect
Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Dollar Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) hereof. 
 “Initial Euro Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) hereof. 
 “Initial Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) hereof. 
 “Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of the Notes. 
 “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic
payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional
amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, options, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or
other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued
by, any Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Except as
otherwise provided herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in its fair market value. 
  

 17 

 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than
Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Issue Date” means January 20, 2010. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a
Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city of New York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order
to remain closed. 
 “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge
or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 
 “Marketable Securities” means publicly traded debt or equity securities that are listed for trading on a national
securities exchange and that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in one of the three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody’s. 
 “Member State” means any country that was a member of the European Union as of July 25, 2006. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when
received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of: 
 (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees and sales commissions and title and recording tax expenses); 
 (2) all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Sale; 
 (3) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and
retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under
any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; 
 (4) all distributions and other payments
required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; and 
 (5) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its
terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale. 
  

 18 

 “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the
principal accounting officer, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President of the Company. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be
the principal executive officer, the Treasurer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the principal accounting officer, or principal financial officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel. Counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the
Company or any Subsidiary. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to any Depositary, a Person who is a
participant of or has an account with such Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream Banking). 
 “Paying Agent” means the Principal Paying Agent or the Euro Paying Agent, as applicable. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business (including stock or assets) that derives a majority of its revenues from the business engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, any other
business in the consumer products industry and/or activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are
engaged on the Issue Date or any business in the consumer products industry. 
 “Permitted Holders”
means (i) Martin E. Franklin or Ian Ashken; (ii) any member of the Family of Martin E. Franklin or Ian Ashken; (iii) any conservatorship, custodianship or decedent’s estate of any Person specified in the foregoing clauses
(i) or (ii); (iv) any trust established for the benefit of any Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii); or (v) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, the controlling equity
interests in which are held by or for the benefit of any one or more Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii). 
 “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following: 
 (1) Indebtedness under the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and the related Guarantees; 
 (2)
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,850.0 million less: 
 (A) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Securitization Entities at the time outstanding in excess of $250 million;

  

 19 

 (B) the amount of all mandatory principal payments actually made by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale in respect of term loans under the Credit Facility (excluding any such payments to the extent Refinanced at the time of payment); and

 (C) further reduced by any repayments of revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Facility with the Net
Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that are accompanied by a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder; 
 (3)
Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary (and any guarantees thereof by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) incurred pursuant to the Foreign Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to
exceed $150.0 million; 
 (4) other indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on
the Issue Date and not described in clauses (1) through (3) above or clause (13) below; 
 (5)
Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap Obligations correspond
is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, further, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Company, to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
fluctuation in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness; 
 (6) Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary under Hedging Agreements and Currency Agreements; 
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such
Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, and 
 (b) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and 
 (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof (other than by way of granting a Lien permitted under this Indenture or in connection with the exercise of remedies by a secured creditor) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (7); 
 (8) Indebtedness
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal), plant, or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets
or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $50.0 million; 
  

 20 

 (9) Refinancing Indebtedness (other than Refinancing Indebtedness with
respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (13) and (15) of this definition); 
 (10) guarantees by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of each other’s Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; 
 (11) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness, incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
 (12) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) (i) the incurrence by a
Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is nonrecourse to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and (ii) and the incurrence of Indebtedness
in a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 
 (14) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of a
Permitted Business; provided that on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom, either: 
 (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio or 
 (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than
the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (15) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under a credit facility) in an aggregate principal amount that does not exceed $100.0 million at
any one time outstanding; 
 (16) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within
five Business Days of incurrence; 
 (17) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, issued in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, in order to
provide security for workers’ compensation claims or payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business and other Indebtedness with respect to workers’ compensation claims,
self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; and 
  

 21 

 (18) loans made to Coleman by the insurers under Coleman’s whole life
insurance policies; provided, that such loans shall not be permitted unless (x) the amount of each such loan made with respect to a particular whole life insurance policy shall not exceed the cash surrender value of such policy,
(y) the proceeds of each such loan shall be used to prepay in full the premiums due to the insurer for such policy and (z) such loan shall be secured by a Lien only on such policy. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (18) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of such covenant, the Company shall, in its
sole discretion, divide and classify (or later redivide and reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with such covenant. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on
any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.09 hereof. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) Investments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company holds a minority interest)
(whether existing on the Issue Date or created thereafter) or any other Person (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property) if as a result of such Investment such other Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
(other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company holds a minority interest) or that will merge with or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company and Investments in the Company by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2)
Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
 (3) loans and advances (including payroll, travel and similar
advances) to employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Capital Stock
of the Company pursuant to compensatory plans approved by the Board of Directors in good faith; 
 (4) Currency
Agreements, Hedging Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 
 (5) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar
arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers; 
  

 22 

 (6) Investments received in compromise or resolution of litigation,
arbitration or other disputes with persons who are not Affiliates; 
 (7) Investments made by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (8) Investments existing on the Issue Date; 
 (9) accounts
receivable or notes receivable created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) guarantees by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; 
 (11)
additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (A) $125.0 million and (B) 3.0%
of the Company’s Total Assets; 
 (12) any Investment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a
Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note
or an equity interest; 
 (13) purchases or redemptions of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than Subordinated Indebtedness); 
 (14) Investments the payment for which consists
exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; and 
 (15) any Investment in any Person to the extent it
consists of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 
 (1) Capital Stock of the Company or any Guarantor of the Notes; or 
 (2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and debt securities that are issued in exchange for Senior Debt
to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture and have a Stated Maturity after (and do not provide for scheduled principal payments prior to) the
Stated Maturity of any Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock or debt securities are distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, such Capital
Stock or debt securities are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization consented to by each class of Designated Senior Debt. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; 
  

 23 

 (2) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged
with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the
Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) Liens on property
(including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to
any property other than that acquired; 
 (4) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness; 
 (6) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
 (8) Liens on (i) the assets of a Securitization Entity securing Indebtedness owing by any Securitization Entity pursuant
to any Qualified Securitization Transaction and (ii) any right, title and interest of any originator in any equipment or assets transferred or intended to be transferred by such originator pursuant to the documents entered into in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 
 (9) Liens on the property of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries to
secure Indebtedness of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other
goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 (11) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect
thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (12) any pledges or
deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, employment and unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; 
  

 24 

 (13) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases
(other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, or arising as a result of process payments under government contracts to the extent required or imposed by
applicable laws, all to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (14) easements, rights-of-way,
restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the real property subject thereto or materially interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person conducted and proposed to be conducted at such real property; 
 (15) financing statements with respect to a lessor’s rights in and to personal property leased to such Person in the ordinary course of such Person’s business; 
 (16) Liens granted pursuant to the Coleman IRB Documents; provided that such Liens attach only to the property that is
financed with the proceeds of the Coleman IRB Bonds; 
 (17) Liens granted by Coleman on its whole life insurance
policies to secure cash surrender value loans; 
 (18) Liens granted by a Subsidiary in favor of a licensor under
any intellectual property license agreement entered into by such Subsidiary, as licensee, in the ordinary course of such Subsidiary’s business; provided that (i) such Liens do not encumber any property other than the intellectual
property licensed by such Subsidiary pursuant to the applicable license agreement and the property manufactured or sold by such Subsidiary utilizing such intellectual property and (ii) the value of the property subject to such Liens does not,
at any time, exceed $10 million; 
 (19) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees; and 
 (20) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (2) and
(6) of this definition; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property other than the property which secured the Indebtedness so Refinanced. 
 “Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock” means any series of Preferred Stock of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes Qualified Capital Stock, the liquidation value of all
series of which, when combined with the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (3) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, does not exceed $25.0 million. 

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization,
trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Preferred Stock”
of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
 “Principal Paying Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until it resigns or is replaced in accordance
with Section 2.03 and thereafter means its successor. 
  

 25 

 “Productive Assets” means assets (including Capital Stock) that are
used or usable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Permitted Businesses. 
 “Purchase Money
Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction to a
Securitization Entity, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Entity other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest and principal and
amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. 
 “Qualified Capital
Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock. 
 “Qualified
Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in good faith. 
 “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction
or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to: 
 (1) a Securitization Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); and 

(2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), 
 or may grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of
such accounts receivable and equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment and other assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection
with assets securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and equipment. 
 “Rating
Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the
Company that shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for,
such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all Required Premiums and expenses incurred in connection therewith); and 
  

 26 

 (2) in the case of Indebtedness other than Senior Debt, such Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date the same as or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
 “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any
Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note. 
 “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a
representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer (including any Vice President,
Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Trust Officer) within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not
an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of the
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any
direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or
later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  

 27 

 “Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) which engages in no
activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable or equipment and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity: 
 (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which: 
 (a) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than
the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (b) is
recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or 
 (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings; 
 (2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the
Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and 
 (3) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligations to maintain or preserve
such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such
designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with foregoing conditions. 
 “Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect
thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any
particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or the
Guarantees, as the case may be. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of
bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of: 
 (x) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company or any Guarantor under the Credit Facility and the Foreign Credit
Facilities, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities; 
 (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof); and 
  

 28 

 (z) all obligations (and guarantees thereof) under Currency Agreements and
Hedging Agreements, in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Senior Debt” shall not include: 
 (i) any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor owed to the
Company or to a Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (ii) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor owed to, or
guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than a shareholder who is
also a lender (or an Affiliate of a lender) under the Credit Facility; 
 (iii) any amounts payable or other
liability to trade creditors (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities but excluding secured purchase money obligations); 
 (iv) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock; 
 (v)
any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any of the Guarantors; 
 (vi) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture provisions set forth in Section 4.09 hereof (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause
(vi) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or in the case of revolving
credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture); 
 (vii) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United
States Code, is without recourse to the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable; and 
 (viii) any
Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, Senior Subordinated Debt or subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors. 
 “Senior Subordinated Debt” means with respect to a Person, the Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (in
the case of the Company), a Guarantee and a guarantee of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of a Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu
with the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is not Senior Debt of such Person. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies
the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 
  

 29 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, in an accounts receivable or equipment
transaction. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal
(including any sinking fund payment) on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for their payment. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary if the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is outstanding expressly
provides that such Indebtedness is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. 
 “Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means: 
 (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly by such
Person; or 
 (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary
circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. 
 “TIA” means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
 “Total Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
as set forth on the Company’s most recently available internal consolidated balance sheet as of such date. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, at the time of computation, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from
the redemption date to January 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to January 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury Security for which a weekly average
yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury Securities for which such yields are given, except that if the
period from the redemption date to January 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and 
  

 30 

 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or another
Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that: 
 (1) the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation
complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and 
 (2) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its
Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of
the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with
Section 4.09 hereof and (y) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company
shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an
ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or
redeemable at the issuer’s option. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the then outstanding aggregate
principal amount of such Indebtedness; into 
 (2) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying;

 (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof; by 
 (b) the number of years (calculated to
the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. 
 “Wholly Owned
Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than a State in the United
States of America or the District of Columbia, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such
Person. 
  

 31 

 SECTION 1.03. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
		
	Acceleration Notice	  	6.02
	Affiliate Transaction	  	4.11
	Asset Sale Offer	  	4.10
	Asset Sale Offer Amount	  	4.10
	Asset Sale Offer Payment Date	  	4.10
	Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date	  	4.10
	Authentication Order	  	2.02(d)
	Base Currency	  	13.16(b)
	Blockage Notice	  	10.03, 12.03
	Change of Control Offer	  	4.13
	Change of Control Payment Date	  	4.13
	Company	  	Preamble
	Covenant Defeasance	  	8.03
	Covenant Suspension Event	  	4.19
	Dollar Notes	  	1.01(a)
	DTC	  	2.01(b)
	Euro Government Securities	  	8.04(a)
	Euro Notes	  	1.01(a)
	Euro Paying Agent	  	1, 2.03(a)
	Events of Default	  	6.01
	Guaranteed Obligations	  	11.01
	Incur	  	4.09
	Judgment Currency	  	13.16(b)
	Legal Defeasance	  	8.02
	Notes	  	Preamble
	Note Register	  	2.03(a)
	Offer to Purchase	  	3.09(a)
	Offer Period	  	3.09(b)
	Offer Amount	  	3.09(b)
	pay its Guarantee	  	12.03
	pay the Notes	  	10.03
	Paying Agent	  	2.03(a)
	Payment Blockage Period	  	10.03, 12.03
	Payment Default	  	10.03, 12.03
	Principal Paying Agent	  	1, 2.03(a)
	Purchase Date	  	3.09(b)
	Reference Date	  	4.07(i)(A)
	Redemption Date	  	2.08(d)
	Registrar	  	2.03(a)
	Restricted Payment	  	4.07
	Reversion Date	  	4.19(a)
	Surviving Entity	  	5.01(a)(i)
	Suspended Covenants	  	4.19(a)
	Suspension Date	  	4.19(a)
	Suspension Period	  	4.19(a)
	Trustee	  	Preamble

  

 32 

 SECTION 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 (a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture. 
 (b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees; 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder; 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture
trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Company
and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
 (c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by
TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the TIA, by another statute or SEC rule, as applicable. 
 SECTION 1.05. Rules of Construction. 
 (a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (i) a term has the
meaning assigned to it; 
 (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it
in accordance with GAAP; 
 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the
designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed; 
 (vi) the words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 
 (vii) “including” means “including without limitation”; 
 (viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
 (ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include
substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder. 
  

 33 

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Pursuant to Section 201 of the Base Indenture, the provisions of
this Article 2 establish the form of the Notes under this First Supplemental Indenture, and to the extent that any provisions of this Article 2 are duplicative, or in contradiction with, the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Article 2 shall
govern the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes shall be issued in series of senior subordinated notes consisting of U.S.
dollar-denominated 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2020 and euro-denominated 7 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2020. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Euro Notes) attached hereto,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit
A-2, as the case may be. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Dollar Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes shall be in minimum denominations
of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by
their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.01(b) shall
only apply to Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Euro Notes) attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Dollar Global Note shall be registered in the name of The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee and deposited
with a custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Euro Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Common Depositary,
on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided for credit to the account of Euroclear and/or Clearstream Banking. Participants and Indirect Participants shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by a Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian for such Depositary or under such Global Note, and such Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the
Trustee and any Agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any Agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary
practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as otherwise provided herein, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes. 
  

 34 

 For greater certainty, the provisions of this Section 2.01(c) are subject to the
requirements relating to notations, legends or endorsements on Notes required by law, stock exchange rule, or agreements to which any the Company is subject, if any. 
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Banking Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of
Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream Banking will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream Banking. 
 SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
 (a) One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 (b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless
be valid. 
 (c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 (d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of
the Company signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue. 
 (e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference
in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 9.02, all Holders in respect of Notes issued under this
Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Holders in respect of Notes may vote or consent) as one class and no series of Holders in respect of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class
on any matter. For purposes of voting (or any other matter requiring a determination based on a percentage of principal amount of Notes outstanding), the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes will be determined based on the Dollar
Equivalent thereof as of the applicable Record Date for such vote. 
 SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York where Dollar Notes may be presented for payment (the “Principal Paying Agent”), and
(iii) an office or agency in a member state of the European Union that will not, to the extent permitted by law, be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Union Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26 and 27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing, or complying with or introduced in order to conform to such directive, where Euro Notes may be presented for
payment, transfer or exchange (the “Euro Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar. The Company shall maintain a registrar in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New

  

 35 

 
York. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Principal Paying Agent, the Euro Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Company initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association as (i) Registrar and Principal Paying Agent in connection with the Dollar Notes and (ii) the Custodian with respect to the Dollar Global Notes. The Company has appointed Société Générale
Bank & Trust Luxembourg as Euro Paying Agent and as European Agent and Issue Agent pursuant to the Euro Agency Agreement. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. All Agents appointed under this Indenture shall be appointed pursuant to agency agreements among the Company, the Trustee and the Agent, as applicable. The obligations of any Registrar as Paying Agent shall be
several and not joint. 
 (b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Dollar Depositary with respect to the
Dollar Global Notes. The Company initially appoints Société Générale Bank & Trust Luxembourg to act as Common Depositary with respect to the Euro Global Notes. 
 (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Principal Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to
the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby initially agrees so to act. 
 SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it
as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Dollar Notes and Société Générale Bank & Trust Luxembourg shall serve as
Paying Agent for the Euro Notes. 
 SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses
of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
Section 312(a). 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or under the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
  

 36 

 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes. When Certificated Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 
 (1) to register the transfer of such Certificated Notes; or 
 (2) to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized
denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such
transaction are met; provided, however, that the Certificated Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the
Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of
a Certificated Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Certificated Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
Certificated Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian or Common Depositary, as
applicable to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, then the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note
and cause, or direct the Custodian or Common Depositary, as applicable to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian or Common Depositary, as applicable, the aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased accordingly. If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate from the Company, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and
Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of Dollar Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Dollar Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Euro Global Note shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking. 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the
provisions set forth in subsection (e) of this Section 2.06), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the applicable Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the applicable Depositary to such
Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the applicable Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (e) Authentication in Absence of Depositary. If at any time: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the applicable Depositary that (A) in the case of a Dollar Global
Note, the Dollar Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for such Global Note or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the
Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (B) in the case of a Euro

  

 37 

 
Global Note, (x) Euroclear or Clearstream Banking notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency or (y) the Common Depositary notifies the Company
that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Euro Global Note, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for
Certificated Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has occurred and
is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and beneficial owners holding interests representing an aggregate principal amount of at least 51% of such Notes represented by Global Notes advise the Trustee in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through the Depositary is no longer in such owner’s best interests. 
 then the Company will execute,
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of Certificated Notes to the Persons designated by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes, in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of Global Notes, in exchange for such Global Notes. 
 (f) Cancellation and/or
Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the applicable Depositary for
cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect
such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and
Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 (3) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any
Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 Business Days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest
Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be. 
 (4) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agents or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as
the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agents or the
Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  

 38 

 (5) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (1) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the applicable Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of such Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or
member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than such Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the
payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders
(which shall be the applicable Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the applicable Depositary subject to the applicable rules and
procedures of such Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the applicable Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (2) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed
under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including, without limitation, any transfers between or among applicable Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note)
other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The
Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall
preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
  

 39 

 SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 3.09 hereof,
a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.08(b)
hereof. 
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 (c) If the principal amount of any
Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 (d)
If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a date of redemption (a “Redemption Date”) or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest. 
 (e) For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any
action as herein described, the principal amount of Euro Notes and Dollar Notes shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of such principal amount of Euro Notes and Dollar Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the
taking of such action, such date or (ii) if no such record date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 
 SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually
knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

 40 

 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or a Paying Agent, upon direction by the Company and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). Certification of the
disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 2.12. CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers. 
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,”
“ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers. 
 SECTION 2.13. Additional Notes. 
 The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with
Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited aggregate principal amount which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, any required legends, issue
price and first payment of interest. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and an
Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and 
 (b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code number(s) of such Additional Notes. 
 SECTION 2.14. Parity with the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes Issued or Issuable Under 2007 Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any provision of this Indenture or any Notes issued hereunder on the date hereof, the Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof shall rank
in parity in all respects to the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes issued or issuable under the 2007 Indenture. 
  

 41 

 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof and paragraph 5 of the
Notes, it shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed, and (iv) the redemption price. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.07 hereof and paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall furnish such Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each Officers’ Certificate shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such
redemption will comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall, therefore, be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, selection of such series for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro
rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
 The Trustee
shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Dollar Notes of a principal amount of $100,000 or less
and no Euro Notes of a principal amount of €50,000 or less shall be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of the Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number) and shall
state: 
 (a) the Redemption Date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  

 42 

 (d) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and Section of this Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the
correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company gives the Trustee at least 5 Business Days prior notice of such
request. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice upon Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with
Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the applicable Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption
price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the related Interest Payment Date). Failure to give notice or any
defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption
Price. 
 On or before 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the
applicable Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars (in the case of Dollar Notes) and euros (in the case of Euro Notes) sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed on that date. The
Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money in U.S. Dollars (in the case of Dollar Notes) and euros (in the case of Euro Notes) so deposited with the Trustee or such Paying Agent by the Company in excess of
the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
 If the Company
complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is
redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record
Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the Redemption Date until
such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

 43 

 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
 Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) below, the
Notes are not redeemable before January 15, 2015. 
 (a) At any time prior to January 15, 2015, the
Company may redeem all or part of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (b) On or after January 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 1 of the years indicated below: 

 

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	103.750	% 
	 2016
	  	102.500	% 
	 2017
	  	101.250	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to January 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes issued under this Indenture (which
includes the Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price of 107.5%, respectively, of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the
Dollar Notes and Euro Notes issued under this Indenture (which includes the Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its
Affiliates); and 
 (2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity
Offering. 
 (d) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 
 Except as set forth in Section 4.10 and 4.13 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

 44 

 SECTION 3.09. Offer to Purchase. 
 (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.13 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to
purchase Notes and, at the Company’s option, holders of other pari passu Indebtedness (each an “Offer to Purchase”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent
that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the
principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.13 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to
Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase
Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no
additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. 
 Upon the commencement of
the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, which shall not be later than 10 days after the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer to Purchase with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall
contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer to Purchase shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Offer to Purchase, shall
state: 
 (1) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10
or 4.13 hereof, as the case may be, and the length of time the Offer to Purchase shall remain open; 
 (2) the
Offer Amount (including information as to any other pari passu Indebtedness included in the Offer to Purchase), the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased
pursuant to an Offer to Purchase may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  

 45 

 (7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Company, the applicable Depositary or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, in the case of an Offer to Purchase, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered by Holders into an Offer to Purchase exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
purchased (i) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are then listed or (ii) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by
such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or €1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased provided
that no Dollar Notes of a principal amount of less than $100,000 and no Euro Notes of a principal amount of less than €50,000 shall be redeemed in part); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 In the case of an Offer to Purchase, no
later than the date upon which written notice of an Offer to Purchase is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale
pursuant to which such Offer to Purchase is being made and the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.10. On such date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent an amount equal to
the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 
 On or before the Purchase Date,
the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, in accordance with clause (8) above, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the applicable
Depositary or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by
such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount
equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase
Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be
made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

 46 

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided
in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the applicable Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as (i) in the case of the Dollar
Notes, of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date or (ii) in the case of the Euro Notes, as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Business day prior to the due date (or such other time as the Company and the Paying Agent may mutually agree from
time to time), money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders
on that date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or
Agency. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands. 
 (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in
the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 4.02(a). 
 SECTION 4.03. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish
to the Holders (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a
report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants, and (ii) all current information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case, within
the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. For so long as the Notes are outstanding, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports
with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors.

  

 47 

 (b) The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
 (c) Should the Company deliver to the Trustee any such information, reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents
and other reports pursuant to TIA § 314(a), delivery of such information, reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents and other reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s
receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 Each report or document required to be furnished or delivered
pursuant to the Indenture shall be deemed to have been so furnished or delivered on the date on which the Company posts such document on its website at www.jarden.com, or when such document is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov;
provided that the Company shall either (i) deliver paper copies of all such documents or (ii) provide copies of all such documents by electronic delivery to the Trustee or any Holder that requests the Company to deliver copies of
all such documents until a request to cease delivering copies of all such documents is given by the Trustee or such Holder. 
 SECTION 4.04.
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining
whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and
remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. For the purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture. The Company shall also comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

 (b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith and in any event within
five Business Days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 4.05. [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.06. [Reserved]. 
  

 48 

 SECTION 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of shares of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than
pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));

 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or of any
direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock; 
 (3) purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Company, or of any Guarantor, that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, as applicable (other than (x) any
Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and (y) the purchase, defeasance or other acquisition of such Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation,
principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of such purchase, defeasance or other acquisition); or 
 (4) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) 
 (each of the foregoing actions set
forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”); unless at the time of such Restricted Payment and immediately after giving effect thereto: 
 (i) no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09; and 
 (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted
Payment) made subsequent to April 30, 2009 (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (10) of Section 4.07(b)) is less than the sum of, without duplication, the following:

 (A) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss,
minus 100% of such loss) of the Company earned subsequent to March 31, 2009 and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period);
plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including the fair market value of property other
than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted

  

 49 

 
Business) received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to April 30, 2009 and on or prior to the Reference Date of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than (1) Excluded Contributions and (2) Designated Preferred Stock); plus 
 (C) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii)(B) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received subsequent to April 30, 2009 by the Company from
a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock; plus 
 (D) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company
is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to April 30, 2009 of any Indebtedness of the Company for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any
other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); provided, however, that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of
such Indebtedness (excluding net cash proceeds from sales to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees); plus 
 (E) an amount equal to the sum of (I) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property
other than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) from any sale or other disposition of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person
(including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) representing the return of capital or principal (excluding dividends and distributions otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income) with
respect to such Investment, and (II) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of item (II), the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments)
previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may
be, would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice; 
 (2) any Restricted Payment made out of the
net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust
established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees and other than Designated Preferred Stock) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its shareholders; provided,
however, that the net cash proceeds from such sale or such cash capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clauses (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of
Section 4.07(a); 
  

 50 

 (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for
cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Refinancing Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee; 
 (4) the redemption, repurchase, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company, in each
case in connection with the repurchase provisions of employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or upon the death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment of
management employees; provided that all such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $25.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year carried over to succeeding calendar years
subject to a maximum of $50.0 million in any calendar year; provided that amounts in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale
of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) to any member of the management or the Board of Directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, further, however, that any such
amounts will be excluded from the calculation in clause (iii)(B) of Section 4.07(a); provided, further, however, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any repurchase of Capital Stock of such entities (or warrants or options or rights to acquire such Capital Stock) will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment under this Indenture; 

(5) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a
portion of the exercise price thereof; 
 (6) additional Restricted Payments since April 30, 2009 in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $600.0 million; 
 (7) payments of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock issued
in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (8) Restricted Payments made with Net Cash Proceeds from Asset
Sales remaining after application thereof as required by Section 4.10 hereof (including after the making by the Company of any Asset Sale Offer required to be made by the Company pursuant to such Section and the application of the Asset
Sale Offer Amount to purchase all Notes and other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company tendered therein); 
 (9) upon occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.13 hereof (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any
purchase or redemption of Obligations of the Company that are subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of
the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that (A) at the time of such purchase or redemption, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing (or would result therefrom) and (B) such purchase or redemption is not made, directly or indirectly, from the proceeds of (or made in anticipation of) any issuance of Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary; and 
  

 51 

 (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions.

 (c) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become contractually obligated to make any Restricted Payment at the
time the requirements set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.07(a) continues to be satisfied, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may continue to make such Restricted Payments, even if such
requirements cease to be satisfied at the time such Restricted Payment is actually made, and the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 4.07(a) on or after the date on which such requirements cease to
be satisfied shall be equal to the amount that would have been available for Restricted Payments pursuant to such clause (iii) on such date without giving effect to any Restricted Payments made on such date pursuant to and in compliance with
this sentence. 
 (d) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as specified in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in
cash) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a). All of those outstanding Investments shall be
deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation shall only be permitted if the Restricted Payment would be permitted at the time and if the Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, may order and classify such Restricted Payment in any manner in
compliance with this Section 4.07. 
 SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; 
 (b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any Guarantor; or 
 (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Guarantor, 
 except, with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c), for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; 
 (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
  

 52 

 (4) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; 
 (5) the Credit Facility and the Foreign Credit Facilities in effect on the Issue Date or any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that any restrictions imposed pursuant to any such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding,
replacement or refinancing either (i) contained in the Credit Facility or the Foreign Credit Facilities in effect prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing or
(ii) are ordinary and customary with respect to syndicated bank loans in the market at the time such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are entered into; 
 (6) agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;

 (7) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the
holders of such Lien; 
 (8) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock to any Person
pending the closing of such sale which is not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (9) any agreement or instrument
governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired; 
 (10) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or
other contractual requirements in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 
 (11) other
Indebtedness or Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock outstanding on the Issue Date or permitted to be issued or incurred under this Indenture; provided that any such restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of
Indebtedness being incurred or Preferred Stock being issued; 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or
net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) any
encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through
(4) and (6) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board
of Directors (evidenced by a Board Resolution) whose judgment shall be conclusively binding, either (i) not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other
payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing or (ii) ordinary and customary with respect to such instruments or obligations at the time such
amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are entered into; 
  

 53 

 (14) encumbrances or restrictions contained in any instrument governing
Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred or issued in connection with
or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that
in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (15) customary provisions in joint venture, asset sale, stock purchase and merger agreements and other similar agreements; and 
 (16) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
 SECTION 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
 The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively,
“incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired
Indebtedness), in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for
which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0. 
 SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (i) the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company); 
 (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes)
that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; 
 (B) any notes or other obligations received by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); 
  

 54 

 (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the
greater of $125.0 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 
 (D) any Productive Assets. 
 shall, in each of (A), (B), (C) and (D) above, be deemed to be cash for the purposes of this provision; and 
 (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net
Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof: 
 (A) to prepay any Senior Debt or
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and, in the case of any such Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a corresponding reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility (or effect a
permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility regardless of the fact that no prepayment is required in order to do so (in which case no prepayment should be required)), 
 (B) to reinvest in Productive Assets (provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied if the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary by the end of such 365-day period has entered into a binding agreement under which it is contractually committed to reinvest in Productive Assets and such investment is consummated within 120 days from the date on which such
binding agreement is entered into and, with respect to the amount of such investment, the reference to the 366th day after an Asset Sale in the second following sentence shall be deemed to be a reference to the 121st day after the date on
which such binding agreement is entered into (but only if such 121st day occurs later than such 366th day)), or 
 (C) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B). 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest
such Net Cash Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. On the 366th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines by Board Resolution not to apply the Net Cash
Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) above (the “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds that have not been applied as set forth in
clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) above on or before such Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date (each an “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the
“Asset Sale Offer”) on a date (the “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders and holders of any
other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary ranking pari passu with the Notes requiring the making of such an offer (the “Pari Passu Debt”), on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and
such other Pari Passu Debt

  

 55 

 
that may be purchased with the Asset Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (or, in
respect of such other Pari Passu Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Debt), in accordance with the procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and calculation of the
principal amount of Notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in this Indenture. 
 (b) If at any time any non-cash
consideration (including any Designated Non-cash Consideration) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash
(other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this
Section 4.10. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Asset Sale Offer Amount is less than $100.0 million, the
application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Asset Sale Offer Amount to an Asset Sale Offer may be deferred until such time as such Asset Sale Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Asset Sale Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the
Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date relating to such initial Asset Sale Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $100.0 million, at which time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall
apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all Asset Sale Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make an Asset Sale Offer (the first date the aggregate of all such deferred Asset Sale Offer Amounts is equal to $100.0 million or more shall be
deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date). 
 Each Asset Sale Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the
register of Holders within 30 days following the Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Upon receiving notice of the Asset Sale Offer, Holders may elect
to tender their Notes in whole or in part in the case of the Dollar Notes, in a minimum of $1,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (provided that no Note will be purchased in part if such Note would have a remaining amount
of less than $100,000) and in the case of the Euro Notes, in a minimum of €1,000 or in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof (provided that no Note will be purchased in part if such Note would have a remaining amount of
less than €50,000), in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes (and, if applicable, holders of Pari Passu Debt, tender Pari Passu Debt) in an aggregate amount exceeding the Asset Sale Offer Amount Notes of tendering
Holders and Pari Passu Debt of holders thereof will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than
the Asset Sale Offer Amount the Company may use any remaining Asset Sale Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the Asset Sale Offer Amount
shall be reset at zero. 
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue thereof.

 SECTION 4.11. Affiliate Transactions. 
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to occur any transaction or series of related transactions (including,

  

 56 

 
without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate
Transaction”) involving aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a Board Resolution adopted by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a
resolution of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved by a majority of the members of the Audit Committee approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 
 (b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.11(a) hereof
shall not apply to: 
 (1) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of,
officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or a committee thereof; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among such Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (3) any
agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or by any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement
is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; 
 (4) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture; 
 (5) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 
 (6) payments or loans to employees or consultants that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 (7) sales of Qualified Capital Stock; 
 (8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the
terms of, any stockholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into
after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not disadvantageous to the Holders of Notes in any material respect; 
 (9) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Article 5 hereof; 
  

 57 

 (10) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards, grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof in good faith; 
 (11) investments by the Permitted Holders in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as
(i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and

 (12) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives an opinion
from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm that such Affiliate Transaction is either fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or is on terms not materially less favorable than
those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to incur or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens or Liens securing Senior Debt) upon any of its assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the date
the Notes are first issued or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
 (a) if such Lien secures Senior Subordinated Debt, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with such Indebtedness for so long as such Senior Subordinated Debt is secured by such Lien; and

 (b) if such Lien secures Subordinated Indebtedness, the Lien securing such Subordinated Indebtedness will be
subordinated and junior to a Lien securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Indebtedness has with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien on such other Indebtedness and that holders of such other Indebtedness may exclusively control the disposition of property subject to such Lien.

 SECTION 4.13. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such
Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Within 30 days
following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among
other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing
to have their Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender their Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  

 58 

 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful,
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof
so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.
The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to in Section 4.13(a) above, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall: (i) repay in full all Indebtedness under the Credit Facility, any future
credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control; or (ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Facility and all such other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase
of the Notes as provided below. The Company’s failure to comply with the covenant described in the immediately preceding sentence shall constitute an Event of Default described in clause (c) and not in clause (b) under
Section 6.01 hereof. 
 (c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the Company complies with the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations, the Company
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section 4.13, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.13 hereof and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon, the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control
Offer at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 
 SECTION 4.14. [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.15. Corporate Existence. 
 Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5 hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. 
 SECTION 4.16. No Senior Subordinated Debt. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as the case may be,
and subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  

 59 

 SECTION 4.17. Additional Guarantors. 
 (a) The Company shall cause each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a
Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this
Indenture on a senior subordinated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Guarantor is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees of the Credit Facility, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be
automatically and unconditionally released or discharged; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has not incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 unless such Guarantor’s obligations
under such Indebtedness so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted under one of the exceptions available under the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” at the time of such release to Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 (b) Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that
Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 SECTION 4.18. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock;
provided, however, that the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal
financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1. The provisions of this Section 4.18 will not apply to (i) any of the Guarantors, (ii) any
transaction as a result of which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will own any Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary whose Preferred Stock is being issued or sold and (iii) Preferred Stock that is Disqualified
Capital Stock and is issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. 
 SECTION 4.19. Suspension of Covenants. 
 (a) During any period of time following the Issue Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and
(ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”),
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of the Indenture: 
  

	 	(1)	Section 4.07; 

  

	 	(2)	Section 4.08; 

  

	 	(3)	Section 4.09; 

  

 60 

	 	(4)	Section 4.10; 

  

	 	(5)	Section 4.11; 

  

	 	(6)	Section 4.16; 

  

	 	(7)	Section 4.17; 

  

	 	(8)	Section 4.18; and 

  

	 	(9)	clause (a)(ii) of Section 5.01 

 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds with respect to any applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date shall be set at zero at such
date (the “Suspension Date”). In addition, in the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent
date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default occurs and
is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this
description as the “Suspension Period.” Within 30 days of the Reversion Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that would have been required during the Suspension Period but for the Suspended Covenants by Section 4.17 to
execute a supplemental indenture will execute such supplemental indenture required by such Section. Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a
failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). 
 (b) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued
pursuant to Section 4.09 to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding
on the Reversion Date. To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09, such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as
permitted under clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4.07(a). 
 (c) The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written
notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business
Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.

  

 61 

 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined
on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person unless: 
 (i) either: (a) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”): 
 (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia; and 
 (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture to be
performed or observed on the part of the Company; and 
 (ii) except in the case of a merger of the Company with
or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption
contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof or the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would be greater than such ratio for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and 
 (iii) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and except in the
case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above (including, without
limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and 
 (iv) the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
  

 62 

 (b) The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into, or
sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless: 
 (i) (except in the case of a Guarantor that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or through the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (such sale constituting the disposition of such Guarantor in its entirety), if in
connection therewith the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its obligations under Section 4.10 in respect of such disposition) the resulting, surviving or transferee
Person (if not a Guarantor) shall be a Person organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction under which such Guarantor was organized or under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor, if any, under its Guarantee; 

(ii) except in the case of a merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor and except in the case of
a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating a Guarantor in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by the immediately preceding clause (b)(1) (including,
without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

(iii) except in the case of a merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor and except in the case
of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating a Guarantor in another jurisdiction, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that
all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
 In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee of the Notes and the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Restricted Subsidiary, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Restricted Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had
been named herein as a Restricted Subsidiary. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the
Trustee. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees
had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale
or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more

  

 63 

 
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. However, transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to this Section 5.01. 
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation, combination or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the
continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of
the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as such and that, in the event of a conveyance or transfer (but not a lease), the conveyor or transferor (but not a lessor) shall be
released from the provisions of this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 

“Events of Default” are: 
 (a) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of
30 days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 hereof); 
 (b) the
failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset
Sale Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 hereof); 
 (c) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained herein if the default continues
for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the
case of a default with respect to Section 5.01 hereof, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); 
 (d) the failure to pay at final Stated Maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof)
the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity), or the acceleration of the final Stated Maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of
such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more at any time; 
 (e) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent
third party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute

  

 64 

 
the coverage) shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such
judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; 
 (f) except as permitted herein, any Guarantee of any
Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such
Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee; 
 (g) the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case, 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or 
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is
for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (iii) orders the
liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Securities that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default specified in clauses (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the
“Acceleration Notice”), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) if there are any amounts

  

 65 

 
outstanding under the Credit Facility, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Facility or five Business Days after receipt by the
Company and the Representative under the Credit Facility of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. If an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is
continuing with respect to the Company, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other
act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as
described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all
existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments
of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses,
disbursements and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and agents), and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof,
the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing
upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however,
that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability. 
  

 66 

 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the
Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not
comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any,
and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful,
interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee,

  

 67 

 
and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any
and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or
to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
of a Note pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct
of such Person’s own affairs. 
  

 68 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision
hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or
other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of the Trustee. 
 Subject to TIA Section 315: 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively
rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. 
  

 69 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult
with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and
in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or
negligence. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or
notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g)
The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its reasonable discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall reasonably determine to make such further
inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no
liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (h) The Trustee may
execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or
attorney appointed with due care by it under this Indenture. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 (j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power
and duties hereunder. 
 (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each Agent, Custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
  

 70 

 (l) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any
actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty. 
 (m) The Trustee shall not be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God;
earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of
civil or military authority and governmental action. 
 (n) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no
event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Company has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage
and regardless of the form of action. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 7.05.
Notice of Defaults. 
 (a) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this
Indenture. 
 (b) Within 90 days after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of
Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the security register for the Notes, a notice of the Default or Event of Default known to the Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a
Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is
in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

 71 

 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holder. 
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date,
no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing
from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements,
advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s Agents and counsel. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against
the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company and the Guarantors or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the
Guarantors promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice and for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company
shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement
made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 The obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture. 
 To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,
except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture. 
 In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee
incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its Agents and counsel) are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  

 72 

 “Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee
and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect
the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the
Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply
with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective,
and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

 73 

 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and
(5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b). 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may, at the option of its
Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this
Article 8. 
 SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and
the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of
Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when
such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s
obligations in connection

  

 74 

 
therewith and (d) the provisions of this Article 8 with respect to Legal Defeasance. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the
Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof
with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and
shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such
covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and
such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) and 6.01(e) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or
Covenant Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof
to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, (i) with respect to
the Dollar Notes, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, and (ii) with respect to the Euro Notes, euros or non-callable government obligations of any Member State of the European Union whose
official currency is the euro (“Euro Government Securities”), in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Company as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate, to pay the principal amount at maturity of,
premium and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 75 

 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence and the grant of a Lien to secure such
Indebtedness) or insofar as Section 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under
this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Debt including, without limitation,
those arising under this Indenture, and (B) after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code;

 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was
not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; 
 (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and 
 (i) the Company shall have paid or duly provided for payment of all amounts then due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be
delivered if all Notes not therefor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, or (B) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 
 SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S.
Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 All cash and non-callable U.S. Government
Securities or Euro Government Securities, as the case may be (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of

  

 76 

 
such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such
Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
U.S. Government Securities or Euro Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver
or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Securities or Euro Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then
be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.06. Satisfaction and Discharge.

 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of
transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes of a series when (i) either (a) all the Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, pursuant to an optional redemption notice or otherwise, and the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) the Company has paid
all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company with respect to such series; and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this
Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series have been complied with. 
 SECTION 8.07.
Repayment to Company. 
 Any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Securities or Euro Government Securities deposited with
the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has
become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition) and, in the case of the Euro Notes, a

  

 77 

 
leading newspaper having a general circulation in the City of London, England, notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be
less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Reinstatement 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash
or non-callable U.S. Government Securities or Euro Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 SECTION 8.08. Survival. 
 The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture or the resignation of the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holder. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02
of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note to: 
 (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of
Article 2 or Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereof relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
 (c) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a
successor to the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof; 
 (d) make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Notes; 
 (e) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

  

 78 

 (f) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture; 
 (g) allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a
Guarantee with respect to the Notes; 
 (h) remove a Guarantor which, in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Guarantee; 
 (i) make appropriate provision in connection with
the appointment of a successor trustee; or 
 (j) conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes
to any provision of the “Description of Notes” contained in the final offering document relating to the original offering of the Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation
of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of
its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter
into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION
9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture (including
Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.13 hereof), the Guarantees and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall
determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request
of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders
of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental
Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form
of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  

 79 

 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of
interest, including defaulted interest, on any Note; 
 (c) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect
of changing the fixed maturity of any Note, or change the date on which any Note may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
 (d) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
 (e) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or
permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; or 
 (f)
after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or modify any
of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto after a Change of Control has occurred. 
 Any modification or change in
any provision of Article 10, Article 12 or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes in a manner which adversely affects the Holders will require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes. 
 An amendment under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under
Article 10 or 12 hereof or any supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of the Notes by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company or of a Guarantor then outstanding (including
any such change of this paragraph of this Section 9.02) unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or their Representative) consent to such change. 
 For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action under this Indenture, the principal amount of Euro Notes and Dollar Notes shall be deemed
to be the Dollar Equivalent of such principal amount of Euro Notes and Dollar Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such action, such date or (ii) if no such date has been set, the date the taking of
such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 
  

 80 

 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as
to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter shall bind every Holder. 
 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. None of the Company nor any Guarantor may sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until its board of directors (or committee serving a similar function) approves it.
In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBORDINATION 
 SECTION 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this
Article 10, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior
Subordinated Debt of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.

 SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property: 
 (1) holders of Senior
Debt of the Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and 
  

 81 

 (2) until the Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full in cash, any
payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments
of such Guarantor that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Notes. 
 SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior
Debt of Guarantor. 
 The Company shall not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or make any
deposit pursuant to Section 8.04 and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if either of the following (a “Payment Default”) occurs: (1) any
Designated Senior Debt of the Company is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other Default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to
pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is
continuing. During the continuance of any Default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be
required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company shall not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee of (with a
copy to the Company) written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter.
The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) because the Default giving rise
to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated Senior Debt has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two
sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated
Senior Debt, the Company shall be entitled to resume payments on the Notes after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of
the number of Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Company during such period; provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior
Debt of the Company (other than the Representative under the Credit Facility), a Representative under the Credit Facility shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event
may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which
no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section, no Default or Event of Default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt of the
Company initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive
days, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
  

 82 

 SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. 
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the made Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of
the Designated Senior Debt of the Company (or their Representatives) of the acceleration. 
 SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid
Over. 
 If a payment or distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 10 should not have been made to them,
the Trustee or the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of the Senior Debt of the Company and pay it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may appear. If any Designated Senior Debt of a Guarantor
is outstanding, such Guarantor shall not make a payment on its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Debt of the Company receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, shall be
entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 10 otherwise permits payment at that time. 
 SECTION 10.06. Subrogation. 

After all Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of
holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders,
a payment by the Company on such Senior Debt. 
 SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights. 
 This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and
unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 
 (b) affect the
relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to
Holders. 
 SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company. 
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be
impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and
Paying Agents. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agents may continue to make payments on
the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business

  

 83 

 
Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Company, a Representative or a
holder of Senior Debt of the Company may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. The Paying Agents may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any
other holder of Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07. 

SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 
 SECTION 10.11. Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Rights to Accelerate. 
 The failure to make any payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the
occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 
 SECTION 10.12. Trustee Moneys Not Subordinated. 
 Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Securities or Euro Government Securities held in trust under Article 8 hereof by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes
shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10 if the provisions of this Article 10 were not violated at the time funds were deposited in trust
with the Trustee pursuant to Article 8 hereof, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Debt of the Company or any other creditor of the Company. 
 SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. 
 Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any
proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or Agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon a
certificate of the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or, if there is no Representative, the holders of Senior Debt of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that
the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Company to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee may request
such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The
provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10. 
  

 84 

 SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to
acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Company as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
 SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company. 
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company and shall not be liable to any such
holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise. 
 SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination Provisions. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an
inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Company, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt
and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on, and is a third party beneficiary of, such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 11.01. Guarantees. 
 Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of
principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance
within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees
that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of
any Guaranteed Obligation. For the avoidance of doubt, the guarantees provided by the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall apply to any obligations of the Company that arise from the provisions of Section 13.16 hereof.

 Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed
Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any Default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any
Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof;
(c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture,

  

 85 

 
the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder or the
Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 11.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a
guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Each Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article 12 hereof, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Debt of such Guarantor and each Guarantee is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations until payment in
full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the
other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any
and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its
acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor (a) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee, and (b) not result in a distribution to shareholders not permitted under the applicable state law. Any term or
provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as
it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. 
 This Article 11 shall be
binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights
and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
  

 86 

 SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. 
 Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this
Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein
expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
 SECTION 11.05. [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 11.06.
Release of Guarantor. 
 Upon the sale (including any sale pursuant to any exercise of remedies by a holder of Senior Debt
of the Company or of any Guarantor) or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of such Guarantor or (b) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (in case of clauses (a) and
(b), other than a sale or disposition to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and if in connection therewith the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its obligations
under Section 4.10 hereof in respect of such disposition), (c) upon the release of such Guarantor from its guarantee, if any, of all pledges and security, if any, granted by such Guarantor in connection with the Credit Facility or
(d) upon designation of a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor shall be deemed released from all obligations under this Article 11 without any further action required on the part
of the Trustee or any Holder. If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 hereof or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance
with Section 8.06 hereof, each Guarantor shall be released from all obligations under this Article 11 without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute
and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 11.06. 
 SECTION 11.07.
Contribution. 
 Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all
Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION 11.08. Parity with Guarantees Delivered Under the 2007 Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any provision of this Indenture or any Notes issued hereunder on the date hereof, the
Guarantees delivered under this Indenture on the date hereof shall rank in parity in all respect to the Guarantees delivered or deliverable under the 2007 Indenture. 
  

 87 

 ARTICLE 12 
 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 
 Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by such Guarantor’s Guarantee is
subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such
Senior Debt. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of such Guarantor and only Senior Debt of such Guarantor (including such Guarantor’s Guarantee of Senior
Debt of the Company) shall rank senior to the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. 
 SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of any
Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property: 

(1) holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt
before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 
 (2)
until the Senior Debt of any Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that
Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments of such Guarantor that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as its Guarantee. 
 SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor. 
 No Guarantor shall
make any payment on its Guarantee or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or defease any Notes or other Guaranteed Obligations (collectively, “pay its Guarantee”) if either of the following (a “Payment
Default”) occurs (1) any Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior
Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms; unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided,
however, that any Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt with
respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be
accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee for a period (a “Payment
Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee of (with a copy to such Guarantor) written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and such Guarantor
from the Person or

  

 88 

 
Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated
Senior Debt has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of
such Designated Senior Debt giving such Payment Notice or the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, any Guarantor shall be entitled to resume payments pursuant to its
Guarantee after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. No Guarantor shall be subject to more than one Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt of such
Guarantor during such period; provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor (other than the Representative under the Credit
Facility), the Representative under the Credit Facility shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage
Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this
Section, no default or event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt such Guarantor initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be
made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been
cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
 SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment. 
 If a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the
Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor (or their Representatives) of such demand. 
 SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid
Over. 
 If a payment or distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 12 should not have been made to them,
the Trustee or the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of the relevant Senior Debt of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may appear. If any Designated
Senior Debt of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor shall not make a payment on its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor receive notice of such acceleration
and, thereafter, shall be entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 12 otherwise permits payment at that time. 
 SECTION 12.06.
Subrogation. 
 After all Senior Debt of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall
be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of such Guarantor. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders
is not, as between the relevant Guarantors and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Debt. 
  

 89 

 SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights. 
 This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 (a) impair, as between a Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of the such Guarantor, which is absolute and
unconditional, to pay its Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 11; or 
 (b) affect the relative rights
of Holders and creditors of the Guarantors other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable
to Holders. 
 SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor. 
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be impaired by
any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying
Agents. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on any
Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible
Officer receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 12. The Company, the relevant Guarantor, the Registrar, the applicable Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor may
give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of any Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Paying Agents may do the same with like rights. The
Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Guarantor that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall
deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
 Whenever a
distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 
 SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment. 
 The failure to make any payment to a Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any
effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee. 
  

 90 

 SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled to Rely. 
 Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order
or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or Agent or other Person making such payment or distribution
to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon a certificate of the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor or, if there is no Representative, the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the
Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor to participate in any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such
Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial
determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12. 
 SECTION 12.13. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders
and the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
 SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor. 
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other
Person, money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise. 
 SECTION 12.15.
Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantors on Subordination Provisions. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after
the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on, and is a third party beneficiary of, such subordination provisions in
acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
  

 91 

 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture
by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. 
 If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any
provisions of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the former provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded. 
 SECTION 13.02. Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company or the
Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or electronic transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery,
to the other’s address: 
 If to the Company: 
 Jarden Corporation 
 555 Theodore Fremd Avenue 
 Rye, New York 10580 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Telecopier No.: (914) 967-9405 
 And to 
 Jarden
Corporation 
 2381 Executive Center Drive 
 Boca Raton, Florida 33431 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Telecopier No.: (561) 912-4263 
 With a copy to: 
 Kane Kessler, P.C. 
 1350 Avenue of the Americas 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Attention: Robert L. Lawrence, Esq. 
        Mitchell D. Hollander, Esq. 
 Telecopier No. (212) 245-3009 
  

 92 

 If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 45 Broadway, 14th floor 
 New York, NY 10006 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Jarden Corporation 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 515-5189 
 The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the
other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and
communications (other than those sent to the Trustee or Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when
receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee or Holders shall
be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the security register for the Notes. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person
described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 All notices to Holders will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any,
maintained by the Registrar. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 SECTION 13.04.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an
Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants,
if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an
Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants
have been complied with. 
  

 93 

 SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 SECTION 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or of
the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 13.08. Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 SECTION 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any
other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 13.10. Successors. 
 All covenants and agreements of the Company in
this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  

 94 

 SECTION 13.11. Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 13.12. Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. 
 SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to
be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 13.14. Force
Majeure. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 13.15. Note Purchases by
Company and Affiliates. 
 The Company and its Affiliates shall be permitted to purchase Notes, whether through private
purchase, open market purchase, tender offer, or otherwise. Such purchase or acquisition shall not operate as or be deemed for any purpose to be a redemption of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes. Any Notes purchased or acquired by the
Company may be delivered to the Trustee and, upon such delivery the Indebtedness represented thereby shall be deemed to be satisfied. 
 SECTION
13.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions. 
 (a) U.S. dollars are the sole
currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Dollar Notes, the Guarantees of the Dollar Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to the Dollar Notes, including damages
related thereto, and euros are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Euro Notes, the Guarantees of the Euro Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to
the Euro Notes, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars by a Holder of Dollar Notes or euros by a Holder of Euro Notes (whether as a result of, or on the enforcement of, a judgment or
order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company, any Guarantor or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company shall only constitute a discharge to the Company to the extent of the
U.S. dollar or euro amount, as the case may be, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on
that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar or euro amount is less than the U.S. dollar or euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under

  

 95 

 
the applicable Notes and the Company shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 13.16(b). In any event, the Company shall indemnify the recipient
against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 13.16, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss
had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, on such date had not
been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). 
 (b) The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the
Guarantees and this Indenture: 
 (1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment
of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at
the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine). 
 (B) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is
given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as
may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due. 
 (2) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the
Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any
variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Applicable Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated
for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or
any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up
prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 
 (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a),
(b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 13.16 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company,
shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the
winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss
suffered by the Holders or the

  

 96 

 
Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above,
the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 
 (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot
purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 
 SECTION 13.17. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. 
 (a) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Guarantors that are not incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of any
State (including the District of Columbia) of the United States (A) acknowledge that they will, by separate written instrument, designate and appoint the Company (and any successor entity) as their authorized agent upon which process may be
served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture that may be instituted in any Federal or state court in the State of New York, New York County or brought under Federal or state securities laws, and acknowledge that the
Company will accept such designation, (B) submit for themselves and their property to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, (C) consent that any such proceeding may be brought in any such court and
waives trial by jury and any objection that any of them may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such proceeding in any such court or that such proceeding was brought in any inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same,
(D) agree that service of process upon the Company and written notice of said service to such Guarantors in accordance with Section 13.02 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Guarantors in any such suit
or proceeding and (E) agree that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction. 
 (b) To the extent that any Guarantor may be entitled, in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with
respect to or arising out of this Indenture, to claim for itself or its revenues, assets or properties immunity (whether by reason of sovereignty or otherwise) from suit, from the jurisdiction of any court (including but not limited to any court of
the United States of America or the State of New York), from attachment prior to judgment, from set-off, from execution of a judgment or from any other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an
immunity (whether or not claimed), such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 13.18. Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 13.19. USA Patriot Act. 
 The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain,
verify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such Information as it may
request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act. 
 [Signatures on following page]

  

 97 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as the date first written above 
  

					
	ISSUER:
	
	Jarden Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Ian G.H. Ashken

		 	Name:	 	Ian G.H. Ashken
		 	Title:	 	Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
	
	GUARANTORS:
	
	 ALLTRISTA PLASTICS LLC
 AMERICAN HOUSEHOLD, INC.
 AUSTRALIAN
COLEMAN, INC.
 BICYCLE HOLDING, INC.
 BRK BRANDS, INC.
 CC
OUTLET, INC.
 COLEMAN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, LLC
 COLEMAN WORLDWIDE CORPORATION
 FIRST ALERT, INC.
 HEARTHMARK,
LLC
 HOLMES MOTOR CORPORATION
 JARDEN ACQUISITION I, LLC
 JARDEN
ZINC PRODUCTS, LLC
 JT SPORTS LLC
 K-2 CORPORATION
 K2
INC.
 KANSAS ACQUISITION CORP.
 L.A. SERVICES, INC.
 LASER ACQUISITION CORP.
 LEHIGH CONSUMER
PRODUCTS LLC
 LOEW-CORNELL, LLC
 MARKER VOLKL USA, INC.
 MARMOT
MOUNTAIN, LLC
 MIKEN SPORTS, LLC
 NIPPON COLEMAN, INC
 OUTDOOR
TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
 PENN FISHING TACKLE MFG.
CO.
 PURE FISHING, INC.
 QUOIN, LLC
 RAWLINGS SPORTING GOODS
COMPANY, INC.
 SEA STRIKER, LLC
 SHAKESPEARE COMPANY, LLC
 SHAKESPEARE CONDUCTIVE FIBERS, LLC
 SI II, INC.

					
	 SITCA CORPORATION
 SUNBEAM AMERICAS HOLDINGS, LLC
 SUNBEAM PRODUCTS, INC.
 THE COLEMAN COMPANY,
INC.
 THE UNITED STATES PLAYING CARD
COMPANY
 USPC HOLDING, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ John E. Capps

		 	Name:	 	John E. Capps
		 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	TRUSTEE:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Reed

		 	Name:	 	Martin Reed
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 [FORM OF FACE OF DOLLAR NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	  	$
		  	CUSIP No. 4711O9AD0

 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 
 Jarden Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [            ],
or registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars ($            ) on January 15, 2020. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note
are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
 IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or
by facsimile by its duly authorized officer. 
  

			
	JARDEN CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: 
  

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the [Global] Notes referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1-1 

 [GLOBAL DOLLAR NOTE LEGEND] 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY AND REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN
CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II)
THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  

 A-1-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF GLOBAL DOLLAR NOTE] 
 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Jarden Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”),
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing July 15, 2010.1 Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance of this Note. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate
then in effect. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such
record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without
the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately
available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Dollar Global Notes and all other Dollar Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions no later than 30 days immediately
preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its judgment), to the Company or the Principal Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Principal Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	1	 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

  

 A-1-3 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010, as supplemented by that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010 (collectively, the “Indenture”), each among
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as
in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred
to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture, to issue Additional Notes
pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes prior to January 15, 2015. 
 At any time prior to January 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not
including, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 On and after January 15, 2015, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at
the redemption prices set forth below (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the Redemption Date) plus accrued interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on January 15 of the
years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2015
	  	103.750	% 
	 2016
	  	102.500	% 
	 2017
	  	101.250	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to January 15, 2013, the Company shall be
entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued (which includes the Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price (expressed
as a percentage of principal amount) of 107.5%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of
such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes the Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately

  

 A-1-4 

 
after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Affiliates); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the
date of the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
  

	6.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. 
  

	7.	Repurchase at Option of Holder 

 If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture (the
“Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the
Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and shall be in compliance with the Indenture. Holders electing to have their Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender their Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the change of control Payment Date. 
 If the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, under certain circumstances the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.10 of the
Indenture. The Asset Sale Offer may also be made to holders of other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary ranking pari passu with the Notes requiring the making of such an offer (“Pari Passu Debt”).
Pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall offer to purchase on a date not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders and holders of any other Pari Passu Debt of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the Asset Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount in accordance with the
procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and calculation of the principal amount of notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date
of purchase (or, in respect of such other Pari Passu Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Debt in accordance with the procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and
calculation of the principal amount of Notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in the Indenture). If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Asset Sale
Offer Amount, the Notes will be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 principal and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance
with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and

  

 A-1-5 

 
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in
part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or
U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the
Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture
or Exhibit A-1 to the Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders
of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to remove a Guarantor, which, in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Guarantee, to make appropriate provision in connection with the appointment of a successor trustee, or to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision
in the Description of Notes contained in the final offering document relating to the original offering of the Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the
Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 
  

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

 Events of Default include: (i) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such

  

 A-1-6 

 
payment is prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity,
upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not
such payment is prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture if the default continues for a period of
60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a
default with respect to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to
any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity) or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any
such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates
$50.0 million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute the coverage)
shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi) except
as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal and all accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of
Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable and (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit
Facility, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Facility or five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Facility of such Acceleration Notice
but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  

 A-1-7 

	13.	Guarantee 

 The full and punctual payment by the Company of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors. 
  

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the
Trustee. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 Any past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantors or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	Subordination 

 Payment of principal, interest and premium on the Notes is subordinated to the prior payment of Senior Debt on the terms provided in the Indenture. 
  

	19.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
  

 A-1-8 

	20.	Governing Law 

 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made
to: 
 Jarden Corporation 
 555 Theodore Fremd Avenue 
 Rye, New York 10580 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A-1-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
  

	
	and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
	
	 

  

							
	Date:	 	 	  	Your Signature:	  	 
				
	 	 	 	  	 	  	 

 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
  

	
	  

	Signature

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		  	
			
	  
	 		  	  

	Signature must be guaranteed	 		  	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution”
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-10 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	 	 Amount of
 decrease in
 Principal
amount
 of this Global
 Note
	 	 Amount of
 increase in
 Principal
amount
 of this Global
 Note
	 	 Principal amount
 of this Global
 Note
following
 such decrease or
 increase
	 	 Signature of
 authorized officer
 of
Trustee or
 Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

 A-1-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.13 of the Indenture, check the box:

  

					
		  	 	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
to Section 4.10 or 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $             
  

											
	Dated:	 	 	 		  	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		  		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  

							
	Signature Guarantee:	  	 	  		  	
		  	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  		  	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution”
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-12 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EURO NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	 	€ [            ]
		 	COMMON CODE
		 	ISIN XS0478972465

 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 
 Jarden Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to[            ], or its registered
assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Euros (€            ) on January 15 , 2020. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note
are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
 IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or
by facsimile by its duly authorized officer. 

					
	JARDEN CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

 Dated: 
  

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	 SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE BANK & TRUST
 LUXEMBOURG,
 as Authenticating Agent, certifies that
this is one of the [Global] Notes referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-2-1 

 [GLOBAL EURO NOTE LEGEND] 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY AND REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS GLOBAL
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE OR ANY PAYING AGENT MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE AND THE EURO PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE AND THE EURO PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE OR ANY PAYING AGENT FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND THE EURO PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
THE ISSUER. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS AS OF ITS DATE OF ISSUE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE
BANK & TRUST LUXEMBOURG ACTING AS COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. AND CLEARSTREAM BANKING SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH
NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY APPOINTED WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE
ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH
AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. ENTITLEMENT TO THE NOTES REPRESENTED BY THIS EURO GLOBAL NOTE IS STRICTLY BY ENTRY ON THE REGISTER OF HOLDERS MAINTAINED PURSUANT TO THIS INDENTURE.” 
  

 A-2-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF GLOBAL EURO NOTE] 
 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Jarden Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”),
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing July 15, 2010.1 Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance of this Note. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate
then in effect. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such
record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option
of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to
principal of and interest and premium on all Euro Global Notes and all other Euro Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other
date as the Trustee may accept in its judgment), to the Company or the Euro Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in euro. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Principal Paying Agent and Registrar and Société Générale Bank &
Trust Luxembourg will act as Euro Paying Agent (together with the Principal Paying Agent, the “Paying Agent” in respect of the Euro Notes). The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	2	 In the case of
Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

  

 A-2-3 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010, as supplemented by that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010 (collectively, the “Indenture”), each among
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as
in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred
to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture, to issue Additional Notes
pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes prior to January 15, 2015. 
 At any time prior to January 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not
including, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 On and after January 15, 2015, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at
the redemption prices set forth below (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the Redemption Date) plus accrued interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on January 15 of the
years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2015
	  	103.750	% 
	 2016
	  	102.500	% 
	 2017
	  	101.250	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to January 15, 2013, the Company shall be
entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued (which includes the Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price (expressed
as a percentage of principal amount) of 107.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that (1) at least 65%
of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes the Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately

  

 A-2-4 

 
after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Affiliates); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the
date of the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
  

	6.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. 
  

	7.	Repurchase at Option of Holder 

 If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture (the
“Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest if any to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred,
the Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and shall be in compliance with the Indenture. Holders electing to have their Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender their Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 If the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, under certain circumstances the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.10 of the
Indenture. The Asset Sale Offer may also be made to holders of other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary ranking pari passu with the Notes requiring the making of such an offer (“Pari Passu Debt”).
Pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall offer to purchase on a date not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders and holders of any other Pari Passu Debt of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the Asset Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount in accordance with the
procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and calculation of the principal amount of notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date
of purchase (or, in respect of such other Pari Passu Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Debt in accordance with the procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and
calculation of the principal amount of Notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in the Indenture). If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or such other Pari Passu Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Asset Sale
Offer Amount, the Notes will be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 in accordance with the
procedures (including pro-rating in the event of over-subscription and calculation of the principal amount of Notes denominated in different currencies) set forth in the Indenture. 
  

 A-2-5 

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of €50,000 principal and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes represented by this Global Note
are transferable only in accordance with and subject the provisions of this Global Note (including the legends set out above), the terms and conditions of the Euro Notes, the Indenture and the rules and operating procedures of Euroclear Bank
S.A./N.V. and Clearstream Banking societe anonyme. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The
Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money, U.S.
Government Securities or Euro Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the
Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture
or Exhibit A-2 to the Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders
of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to remove a Guarantor, which, in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Guarantee, to make appropriate provision in connection with the appointment of a successor

  

 A-2-6 

 
trustee, or to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision in the Description of Notes contained in the final offering document relating to the original
offering of the Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 
  

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

 Events of Default include: (i) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment is
prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a
payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12
of the Indenture); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture if the default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the
default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, which will
constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal
amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity) or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more at any time; (v) one or more
judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute the coverage) shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of any
Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such
Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare the principal and all accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the
“Acceleration Notice”), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable and (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to
occur of an acceleration under the Credit Facility or five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Facility of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Notes except as provided in the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in

  

 A-2-7 

 
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  

	13.	Guarantee 

 The full and punctual payment by the Company of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors. 
  

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the
Trustee. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 Any past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantors or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	Subordination 

 Payment of principal, interest and premium on the Notes is subordinated to the prior payment of Senior Debt on the terms provided in the Indenture. 
  

 A-2-8 

	19.	ISIN and Common Code Numbers 

 The Company has caused ISIN numbers and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use ISIN numbers and Common Code in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made
to: 
 Jarden Corporation 
 555 Theodore Fremd Avenue 
 Rye, New York 10580 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A-2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  
  

											
	Dated:	 	 	 		  	Your Signature:	 	 
	
	  

 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
  

	
	  

	Signature

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

					
	 	 		  	 
	Signature must be guaranteed	 		  	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution”
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-10 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	 	 Amount of
 decrease in
 Principal
amount
 of this Global
 Note
	 	 Amount of
 increase in
 Principal
amount
 of this Global
 Note
	 	 Principal amount
 of this Global
 Note
following
 such decrease or
 increase
	 	 Signature of
 authorized officer
 of
Trustee or
 Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

 A-2-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.13 of the Indenture, check the box:

  

					
		  	 	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
to Section 4.10 or 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $             
  

											
	Dated:	 	 	 		  	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		  		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

  

							
	Signature Guarantee:	  	 	  		  	
		  	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  		  	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution”
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-12 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes
any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of January 20, 2010, as supplemented by that First Supplemental
Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010 (collectively, the “Indenture”), among Jarden Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the full and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and all other
monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being
hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such
Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound hereunder notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 and Article 12 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for
the precise terms of the Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. This Guarantee is subject to release as and to the extent set forth in Sections 8.02, 8.03, 8.06 and 11.06 of the
Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture. 

			
	[GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 B-1Amendment #13 to Credit Agrmt and Amendment #5 to Pledge Agrmt dated 01/22/2010

 Exhibit 10.1 
 Execution Version 
 AMENDMENT
NO. 13 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 5 
 TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 
 This AMENDMENT NO. 13 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 5
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of January 22, 2010 (collectively, this “Thirteenth Amendment”), among JARDEN
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), various Grantors (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement referred to below) party to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and DEUTSCHE
BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH (“DBNY”), as Administrative Agent (as defined below), on behalf of each Lender executing a Lender Consent (as defined below), amends certain
provisions of (i) the CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 24, 2005 (as amended, supplemented, restated and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the
Borrower, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers party thereto from time to time, DBNY, as administrative agent for the Lenders and the L/C Issuers (in such capacity, and as agent for the Secured Parties under the Collateral Documents, together with its
successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), CITICORP USA, INC., as syndication agent for the Lenders and the L/C Issuers (in such capacity, together with its successors in such
capacity, the “Syndication Agent”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as successor to NATIONAL
CITY BANK OF INDIANA and SUNTRUST BANK, as co-documentation agents for the Lenders and L/C Issuers, and (ii) the PLEDGE
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of January 24, 2005 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Pledge and Security Agreement”), among
the Borrower, as a Grantor, each other Grantor from time to time party thereto, and the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Thirteenth Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms
in the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement, as the context requires. 
 W I T N
E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend, and enter into agreements with
respect to, certain provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Pledge and Security Agreement, in each case as more fully described herein; 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01(a) (Amendments, Etc.) of the Credit Agreement, the consent of the Required Lenders is required to effect the amendments and agreements set forth herein; and

 WHEREAS, the Borrower, each Guarantor party to the Guarantor Consent (as defined below), each Lender party to a Lender
Consent and the Administrative Agent agree, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein, to amend or otherwise modify, and enter into certain agreements with respect to, the Credit Agreement and Pledge and Security Agreement, in each
case as set forth herein. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 Section 1. Certain Amendments to the Credit Agreement. As of
the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 (Conditions to Effectiveness) hereof: 
 (a) Section 1.01 (Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) inserting the text “or any
determination pursuant to the definition of Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture” immediately after the text “covenant compliance” appearing in the second sentence of the definition of

 
“Investment” contained in such Section 1.01, (ii) inserting the text “or similar foreign laws, rules or regulations, as the case may be,”
immediately after the text “Rule 144A of the Securities Act,” appearing in the first sentence of the definition of “Permitted Senior Notes” contained in such Section 1.01,
(iii) deleting the definition of “Subsidiary” appearing in such Section 1.01, and (iv) inserting the following definitions in such Section 1.01 in the appropriate place to preserve the
alphabetical order of the definitions in such Section 1.01: 
 “Foreign Joint
Venture” means a Joint Venture that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture” means, at any time, any Person (i) which is a Foreign
Subsidiary or a Foreign Joint Venture (both immediately before and at all times after any designation (not subsequently withdrawn) as described below), (ii) which is not a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower,
(iii) which, to the Borrower’s knowledge, does not (and the Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures of which do not) own any Equity Securities or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien (other than Permitted Liens of the type described in
Sections 7.01(d), (g), (j) and (k) (Liens)) on any property of, the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures (other than any other Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture), (iv) which has not (and the Subsidiaries
and Joint Ventures of which have not) incurred or suffered to exist any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender thereof has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures (other than any other
Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture), (v) in which the aggregate Investments made (or deemed made as provided below) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such Person does not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $20,000,000, (vi) in which the
aggregate Investments made (or deemed made as provided below) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, when aggregated with the aggregate Investments made (or deemed made as provided below) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in all other Persons
previously or substantially simultaneously to be designated as “Immaterial Foreign Joint Ventures” (and which designation with respect thereto has not been withdrawn as provided below), does not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of the amount
equal to 5% of the total assets (including Equity Securities of other Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures) of all Foreign Subsidiaries and Foreign Joint Ventures of the Borrower, in the aggregate (calculated only at the time of designation as described
below and based upon the financial statements as of the most recent fiscal period with respect to which the Agents shall have received financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or (b) (Financial
Statements)), (vii) which, if a Subsidiary, has been designated as an “unrestricted subsidiary” for purposes of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) (Indebtedness), and (viii) which has been
designated an “Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture” by delivery of a written notice of such designation to the Administrative Agent, until such designation is withdrawn or such Person ceases to satisfy any of the requirements of preceding
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and/or (vii). Any notice of designation or withdrawal shall (a) specify the effective date of such designation or withdrawal of designation,
(b) specify the name of the Person so designated pursuant to such notice or with respect to which its previous designation as an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture is being withdrawn, as applicable, (c) specify a list of all Persons which
are Immaterial Foreign Joint Ventures after giving effect to such designation or withdrawal of designation, as the case may be, (d) certify that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before and immediately after
giving effect to such designation or withdrawal of designation or would result therefrom, and (e) certify compliance with sub-clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) of this
definition, and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide supporting calculations in reasonable detail of compliance with such sub-clauses (v) and (vi). For purposes of this definition, (A) the designation of a
Person as an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Borrower in such Person in an

  

 2 

 
amount equal to (I) if such designation is made within 60 days after the initial Investment by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in such Person in the form of cash, the Dollar Equivalent of the
amount of such Investment or (II) if otherwise, the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Person) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by senior management of the Borrower) of the
net assets of such Person at the time that such Person is designated an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture, (B) any merger or consolidation of any Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture with and into another Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture shall be
deemed to be, without duplication, an Investment by a Subsidiary of the Borrower in such other Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture (it being understood that, in such circumstance, the Investments theretofore made (or deemed made) in such merging or
consolidating entities by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries shall be aggregated and treated as a single Investment in the surviving entity) and (C) upon a withdrawal of the designation of such Person as an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture,
the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture in an amount (if positive) equal to the Borrower’s direct or indirect (or deemed) Investment in such Person at the time
of such withdrawal less the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Person) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by senior management of the Borrower) of the net assets of such Person
at the time of such withdrawal. The withdrawal of any designation of an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture or the failure of any Person to qualify as an Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture in accordance with the terms of this definition at any time shall
constitute the incurrence of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Person at such time for purposes of Sections 7.01 (Liens) and 7.03 (Indebtedness). 
 “Qualified Person” means a Person that the Borrower shall designate in writing as a Qualified Person
to the Administrative Agent for purposes of transactions contemplated by Section 7.10(d) (Transactions with Affiliates) on the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability
company or other business entity of which an aggregate of 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; provided that for
purposes of Sections 5.10, 5.14(b), 5.19, 5.22(a), 5.24, 6.03(a)(v), 6.03(a)(vi), 6.03(b), 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 6.07, 6.08, 6.10, 6.11, 6.13, 6.14, 6.16, 6.17, 6.18, 6.19, 6.20, 7.01, 7.02 (other than clause (d)(iv) thereof), 7.03,
7.04, 7.05, 7.07, 7.08, 7.09, 7.10, 7.11, 7.16, 7.19, 7.20 and 7.21 (and any defined term as used in such Sections which specifically includes the term “Subsidiary” as a component of its definition) only, the term
“Subsidiary” shall not include any Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 “Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date” has the meaning provided in Amendment
No. 13 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010. 
 (b) The preamble to Article VI (Affirmative Covenants) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “each Subsidiary” appearing therein and inserting the text “each Subsidiary (other than, for
purposes of Section 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 6.07, 6.08, 6.10, 6.11, 6.13, 6.14, 6.16, 6.17, 6.18, 6.19 and 6.20, any Immaterial Foreign Joint Venture)” in lieu thereof. 
 (c) The preamble to Article VII (Negative Covenants) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “any
Subsidiary” appearing therein and inserting the text “any Subsidiary (other than, for purposes of Sections 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.07, 7.08, 7.09, 7.10, 7.11, 7.16, 7.19, 7.20 and 7.21, any Immaterial Foreign Joint
Venture)” in lieu thereof. 
  

 3 

 (d) Section 7.02(p) (Investments) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
(i) deleting the text “outstanding principal” appearing therein and (ii) deleting the amount “$75,000,000” appearing therein and inserting the amount “$100,000,000” in lieu thereof. 
 (e) Section 7.10 (Transactions with Affiliates) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) redesignating clause
(d) thereof as clause (e) and (ii) inserting the following new clause (d) immediately after clause (c) of such Section: 
 “(d) any transaction with any Qualified Person pursuant to a service, supply, production and/or similar contract, arrangement or purchase order entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
with any such Qualified Person, so long as senior management of the Borrower shall have determined, in its reasonable business judgment, that (i) such transaction (and the entering into and performance of the applicable contract, arrangement or
purchase order) is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and (ii) such transaction is expected at the time of the entry into of the related contract, arrangement or purchase order to generate profit for the applicable Loan Party or Loan
Parties”. 
 (f) Section 7.15 (Capital Expenditures) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
(i) deleting the amount “$110,000,000” appearing directly opposite the text “December 31, 2010” in the table therein and inserting the amount “$175,000,000” in lieu thereof and (ii) deleting the amount
“$110,000,000” appearing directly opposite the text “December 31, 2011 and each fiscal year thereafter” in the table therein and inserting the amount “$175,000,000” in lieu thereof. 
 Section 2. Certain Amendments to Pledge and Security Agreement. As of the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date, and subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 Conditions to Effectiveness) hereof: 
 (a)
Section 4.4(a) (Pledged Collateral) of the Pledge and Security Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following text immediately prior to the period (“.”) at the end of the first sentence appearing in said Section:

 “; provided that no Grantor shall be obligated to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this
Section 4.4(a) (Pledged Collateral) physical possession of any certificate or note evidencing any Coleman IRB Bonds in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000 or any accompanying transfer documentation as otherwise
required hereby”. 
 (b) The Required Lenders hereby authorize and direct the Administrative Agent to (i) release the
Liens on the trademarks described on Schedule “1” hereto owned by JT Sports LLC (the “Released Trademarks”) and pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and
Security Agreement and that certain Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, made by the grantors on the signature pages thereto and (ii) execute, deliver and file such termination or release statements and do such other
things as are necessary to release such Liens, in each case upon receipt of an officer’s certificate from the Borrower certifying that the Released Trademarks do not constitute Material Intellectual Property (as defined in the Pledge and
Security Agreement). 
  

 4 

 Section 3. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Thirteenth Amendment shall become
effective as of the date (the “Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date”) on which each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied (which conditions may be satisfied concurrently with the occurrence of such
date): 
 (a) Certain Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, dated as of the
Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date (unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent), in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent: 
 (i) this Thirteenth Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent; 
 (ii) the Consent, Agreement and Affirmation of Guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Guarantor Consent”), duly executed by each of the Guarantors;

 (iii) the Acknowledgment and Consents, each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a
“Lender Consent”), duly executed by the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders; 
 (iv) a copy of the notice delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (or by an authorized attorney at Kane Kessler, P.C., counsel to the Borrower), to each Local Agent in respect of each outstanding Local Credit Facility pursuant to
the requirements of Section 5.4(c) (Matters Relating to Loan Documents) of the Local Credit Facility Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to which the Borrower notifies each such Local Agent of the amendments contained herein, certified by
a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being a true, complete and correct copy of such notice and together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such notice shall have been delivered by the Borrower to such Local
Agents at least three Business Days prior to the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date; and 
 (v) such additional
documentation as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably require prior to the execution and delivery of this Thirteenth Amendment to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent. 
 (b) Prepayment of Term Loans. The Borrower shall have prepaid Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of not less than
$250,000,000 in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.06(b) (Optional Prepayment of the Term Loan) of the Credit Agreement with the proceeds of subordinated Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 7.03(h)(I)
(Indebtedness). 
 (c) Consent Fee. The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower a consent fee
payable in Dollars for the account of each Lender that has returned an executed signature page to this Amendment to the Administrative agent at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on January 19, 2010 (the “Consent
Deadline” and each such Lender, a “Consenting Lender”) equal to 0.05% of the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, if any, held by such Consenting Lender as of the Thirteenth Amendment
Effective Date with respect to which a consent was delivered and (y) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment, if any, of such Consenting Lender as of the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date with respect to which a consent was
delivered. 
 (d) Corporate and Other Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments
and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Thirteenth Amendment shall be satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. 
  

 5 

 (e) Representations and Warranties; No Defaults. The Administrative Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that both before and after giving effect to this Thirteenth Amendment: 
 (i) each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article V (Representations and Warranties) of the Credit
Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; 
 (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, either on the date hereof or on the Thirteenth
Amendment Effective Date; and 
 (iii) the Released Trademarks do not constitute Material Intellectual Property
(as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) on and as of the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date. 
 Section 4.
Representations and Warranties. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and the other Loan Parties, hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender as follows: 
 (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Thirteenth Amendment have been duly authorized by all
requisite corporate or other action on the part of such Loan Party and will not violate any of the certificates of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent Constituent Documents) of such Loan Party; and 
 (b) this Thirteenth Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party, and each of this Thirteenth Amendment
and the Credit Agreement and Pledge and Security Agreement as amended or otherwise modified hereby constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms, except as
the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by the application of general equitable principles (whether
considered in proceedings at Law or in equity). 
 Section 5. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents. 

(a) As of the Thirteenth Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
the “Credit Agreement”, the “Pledge and Security Agreement”, “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean
and be a reference to the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement, as applicable, as amended by this Thirteenth Amendment. 
 (b) Except to the extent amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. 
 (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Thirteenth Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any Default or
Event of Default or any right, power, privilege or remedy of any Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, or constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, except as to
any waiver expressly set forth in this Thirteenth Amendment. 
  

 6 

 (d) The Borrower hereby confirms that the security interests and Liens
granted by the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents continue to secure the Obligations and that such security interests and Liens remain in full force and effect. 
 Section 6. Costs and Expenses. As provided in Section 10.04 (Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for
all reasonable fees, costs and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable by the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents, including such costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection with the
preparation, execution and delivery of this Thirteenth Amendment. 
 Section 7. Governing Law. This Thirteenth Amendment
and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 Section 8. Headings. Section headings in this Thirteenth Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Thirteenth Amendment for any other
purposes. 
 Section 9. Severability. The fact that any term or provision of this Thirteenth Amendment (or of the Credit
Agreement and the Pledge and Security Agreement, to the extent modified pursuant to this Thirteenth Amendment) is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable as to any person in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity,
enforceability or legality of the remaining terms or provisions hereof or the validity, enforceability or legality of such offending term or provision in any other situation or jurisdiction or as applied to any person. 
 Section 10. Execution in Counterparts. This Thirteenth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a facsimile, PDF or other
electronic copy of an executed signature page hereof shall constitute receipt by the Administrative Agent of an executed counterpart of this Thirteenth Amendment. 
 Section 11. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS
THIRTEENTH AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 
  

 7 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Thirteenth Amendment has been duly executed on the date set forth
above. 
  

			
	 JARDEN CORPORATION,
 as Borrower

		
	By:	 	/s/ John E. Capps
	Name:	 	John E. Capps
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

			
	 Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch,
 as Administrative Agent under the Credit
 Agreement and as Administrative Agent under

 the Pledge and Security Agreement

		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Scottye Lindsey
	 Name:
	 	 Scottye Lindsey

	 Title:
	 	 Director

		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Susan LeFevre
	 Name:
	 	 Susan LeFevre

	 Title:
	 	 Managing Director

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}]]